Multipurpose Cyclone Shelter - ICZM Project Odishaiczmpodisha.org/Detail Project Reports/OSDMA_Draft.pdf · Multipurpose Cyclone Shelter ... Details of proposed sites for construction

DETAILED PROJECT REPORT

Multipurpose Cyclone Shelter

Under

ICZMP

Main document (October 2009)

Orissa State Disaster Management Authority

CONTENTS

PART A: Detailed Project Report

Subject Page No Executive Summary 1-6

• Project Area Description • Project Phasing and Finance

PART I- FEASIBILITY REPORT 7-20 A. Physical (Hydrological) features B. Economic features C. Existing Services Status D. Planning aspects

• Feasible Alternative Plans • Broad economic analysis and financial impacts • Social Screening • Environmental Screening • Overview of institutional issues and capacity building required Capacity building

PART II – DETAILED PROJECT REPORT 21-69 A. Designs B. Project Cost, Cost Tables, Estimates & Bill of Quantities C. Economic and Financial Analysis D. Environmental & Social Assessments

• Environmental Assessments • Social Assessments • Details of community consultations and agreements

E. Implementation Arrangements and Schedule i) Proposed Implementation Management Process ii) Quality Control Procedures, third Party Checking requirements, need for hiring consultants iii) Implementing Agencies-Roles and Responsibilities iv) Staffing plan v) Procurement and implementation plans vi) Implementation schedule

F. O & M Planning • Operational Plans for assets designed • Maintenance requirements estimate of O & M costs • Plans for O & M • Equipment, Tools • Cost of O & M, revenue recovery plans, proposed tariffs, subsidy levels

G. Service Level Monitoring

Subject Page No

PART III – BID DOCUMENTS 70-225

PART IV- ANNEXURES & MAPS 226-258

Annexures

(i) Details of proposed sites for construction of

Cyclone Shelters under ICZM Annexure-I

(ii) Environment Impact Assessment Study for the

proposed construction of cyclone shelter in the

district of Ganjam, Puri, Kendrapara, Orissa Annexure-II

(iii) Minutes of Discussion in the Gram Sabha held

on 14.05.2009 at Primary School campus in

village Alanda, Jamuna and Samalnasi. Annexure-III

(iv) Shelter Equipment List Annexure-IV

(v) Abstract of IIT, Kharagpur Report Annexure-V

Maps

1. Multi Hazard Map of Orissa

2. Combined Storm Surge Map of Orissa

3. Project Area (Proposed MCS sites)

4. Proposed sites in Chilika to Gopalpur

5. Proposed sites in Ganjam Block

6. Proposed sites in Khalikote Block

7. Proposed sites in Krushnaprasad Block

8. Proposed sites in Paradip to Dhamra

9. Proposed sites in Mahakalapada Block

10. Proposed sites in Rajnagar Block

N.B. - SITE WISE DETAILS WITH ESTIMATES ANNEXED IN SEPARATE BOOKLETS (1-14)

- 1 -

MCS at Prabhakarpur, Kendrapara

Executive Summary

The State of Orissa is prone to multiple and recurring natural disasters.

Its location and geo-climatic conditions make it one of the most vulnerable

States for frequent natural disasters. Most part of the State experiences one or

other type of disasters like flood, cyclone, saline ingress or drought every year.

Even some parts of the State face multiple disasters in the same year. Although

the State has not yet experienced earthquake, a large part of it come under Zone

II & III of vulnerability. Of late, particularly after December 2004, the threat of

tsunami in the east coast of India has been reaffirmed. Each earthquake in

Indonesia creates a fear of the killer wave and the Indian mainland shivers for it.

Besides, the Burma tectonic plate is predicted by Geologists to be weak. If any

major earthquake takes place in it, then Orissa and Bengal coast will be very

severely affected by the resultant tsunami waves. This apprehension increases

our vulnerability. Besides, the impact of recurring disasters has negated the

effect of developmental process considerably and put the coping mechanism of

the people into severe strain.

The coastal districts of

Orissa are prone to frequent

cyclonic storms and concurrent

flood hazards causing

considerable loss of human

lives, domestic animals,

agriculture and other

properties. The worst disaster

of the 20th century hit the

coastal Orissa in the form of

super cyclone on 29th & 30th October 1999 inflicting severe damages in 14

districts of the State. Thousands of lives perished due to non-availability of

protected shelters, particularly in the areas prone to storm surge. In the

aftermath of the Super Cyclone, the State Government decided to build elevated

- 2 -

structures, which can withstand very high wind speeds and protect human and

animal lives from flooding and saline inundation. Though the Government of

Orissa has already constructed some Multipurpose Cyclone Shelters (MCS) within

10 KM of the coast with assistance from the World Bank and the Chief Minister’s

Relief Fund (CMRF) with the objective to protect life during cyclone and to

strengthen community based disaster preparedness, still there is further

requirement of cyclone shelters to be constructed in villages within 10 K.M. of

the seacoast, which are highly vulnerable to cyclones and storm surges.

Construction of cyclone shelters is an important component of the State

Disaster Management Policy. Actual needs for cyclone shelters basing on

vulnerability of the population and socio-economic condition of the locality have

been assessed by independent and impartial studies conducted through a

reputed institution like IIT, Kharagpur.

Project Area Description

Under this project, two stretches of Coastal Region has been identified as

project area on the basis of their vulnerability to disasters.

i. Gopalpur- Chilika(including habitat Islands of Chilika lake)

ii. Dhamara- Paradeep

The locations for cyclone shelters have been identified within 2-3

km of the coast, because within this part of the coast line effect of saline

ingress and tsunami is expected to be maximum.

As per the guidelines given by the Nodal Officers, State Project Preparation Cell,

the Cyclone Shelters are to be constructed away the coast line of Paradeep –

Dhamra and Gopalpur- Chilika (including habitant islands of Chilika within 2 KM

of Coast line). These areas are most vulnerable to cyclone, storms surge as well

as surge due to earth quake.

In these areas, very poor fishermen mostly occupy and there is almost no

pucca building ( Cyclone & Storm surge resistant) available.

The areas are not connected with all weather roads as a result communication

facilities during flood and cyclone are not there. As such preference is given to

these areas. 14 shelters have been proposed within 2.0 KM of coast line/ Chilika

- 3 -

lake under this programme as detailed below. Land particulars and coordinates

have been furnished in Annexure-I

Sl

No

Name of

District

Name of the

block

Name of GP Name of

the village

Location

school

Built up

area

Dhamara to Paradeep

1 Kendrapara Rajnagar Brahmansahi Pentha U.P.School 2000

2 Kendrapara Rajnagar Talachua Manjuapalli U.P.School 2000

3 Kendrapara Mahakalpada Barakanda Petachhela U.P.School 2000

4 Kendrapara Mahakalpada Batighar Badatubi U.P.School. 2000

Gopalpur to Chilika

5 Ganjam Khallikote Kanaka Samalanasi

Side of High School, Samalnasi 2000

6 Ganjam Ganjam Sana Ramachandrapur Madhurchuan

U.P. School, Madhurchuan 2000

7 Puri Krushnaprasad Alanda Jamuna U.P. School, Jamuna 2000

8 Puri Krushnaprasad Titipa Titipa Women's College, Titipa 2000

9 Puri Krushnaprasad Alanda Alanda High School, Alanda 2000

10 Puri Krushnaprasad Badajhad Jharkota M.E. School, Jharkota 2000

11 Puri Krushnaprasad Badajhad Khirisahi U.P. School, Khirisahi 2000

12 Puri Krushnaprasad Satapada Baghamunda

Gadibrahma Primary School 2000

13 Puri Krushnaprasad Badanala Khatiakudi U.P. School, Khatiakudi 2000

14 Puri Krushnaprasad Nuapada Gurubai

Panchayat M.E. School, Gurubai 2000

28000

Site-specific detailed assessment has been furnished in separately bound

booklets. Capacity of the shelter buildings have been decided as per the Survey

report of IIT, Kharagpur and funds allocated in this scheme. Actual requirement

of shelters is much more as per the present population. Hence 15% growth of

population has not been considered at present. Additional requirement of

shelters at the locations suggested will be taken care of by OSDMA from other

funds later on.

- 4 -

Project Phasing and Finance Programme of implementation of the project

1st year –Survey, Soil

exploration, Social

mobilization and site

selection

6 months

Invitation of bid and

finalisation of tender,

Drawal of agreement and

issue of work order

3 months

3 months

2nd year – Construction of

approach road, cyclone

shelters up to ground

floor roof

2 years

3rd year Completion of

the project and capacity

building activities

Fund Flow Requirement 1st year 1,46,000,00 /- 2nd year 6,00,000,00/- 3rd year 6,43,000,00/- 13,89,000,00/-

- 5 -

Project Cost (A) Institutional Cost

(A1) Investment Cost as per details at page-24 Rs.6,00,000.00

(A2) Operational Cost as per details at page-24 Rs.10,14,000.00

B/(B1) Capacity Building as per details at page-25 Rs.1,03,02,050.00

C/(C1) Monitoring & Evaluation (Third party) Quality monitoring, quality assurance & quality audit as per details at page-35

Rs.19,67,000.00

Environmental & social screening and clearance cost (Page-36)

Rs.18,06,000.00

D/(D1) Communication Rs.8,00,000.00

(E) Physical (Building Area 28000 sft)

(E1) Civil works (Building proper)

(a) Civil cost Rs.72164,822.59

(b) Electrification Rs.2989206.50

(c) Sanitation & water supply Rs.4191748.58

(d) Tube wells for drinking water (14 nos.) Rs.6296220.00

(e) Detailed soil investigation & testing of pile Rs.2569259.93

(E2) Road Joining MCS Rs.24888800.00

Estimated Cost - Sub_Total (E1-E2) Rs.113100057.60 Say Rs.113100000.00

(E3) Quality monitoring, quality assurance & quality audit

Rs.2262000.00

(E4) Supervision Charges as per details at Page-38 Rs.5655000.00

(E5) Generators (for all 14 buildings) Rs.1400000.00

Sub Total (A -E) Rs.13,89,06,107.60

(F) Departmental Costs (Not to be financed)

(F1) Operational Cost (Electricity, telephone, Internet charges etc.)

Rs.17,40,000.00

(F2) Support Cost (Salary etc.) Rs.72,00,000.00

(F3) Designing & Development charges Rs.50,000.00

Grand Total Rs.14,78,96,107.60

Say Rs.14.79 crore

Executive Director (Projects) Managing Director

- 6 -

Project Packaging

In view of inaccessibility of the sites, all 14 Cyclone Shelters have been sliced and

packaged into 14 packages. One Contractor per shelter will be procured through NCB

using W2 document of the World Bank. The abstract cost of each shelter has been

provided below and the site specific details are in the site wise DPRs. Sl No

Package No Name of the Site Cost of C.S

Cost of Approach Road Total Cost

1 KEN-01 Pentha-Rajnagar, Kendrapara Rs.6,725,700.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,725,700.00

2 KEN-02 Manjuapalli-Rajnagar, Kendrapara

Rs.6,775,700.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,775,700.00

3 KEN-03 Petachhela-Mahakalapada, Kendrapara

Rs.6,581,000.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,581,000.00

4 KEN-04 Badatubi-Mahakalapada, Kendrapara

Rs.6,549,700.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,549,700.00

5 PRI-01 Jamuna-Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,145,400.00 Rs.6,927,100.00 Rs.13,072,500.00

6 PRI-02 Titipa- Krushnaprasad,Puri Rs.6,097,800.00 Rs.1,830,000.00 Rs.7,927,800.00

7 PRI-03 Alnda-Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,186,900.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,186,900.00

8 PRI-04 Jharkota-Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,145,400.00 Rs.2,267,900.00 Rs.8,413,300.00

9 PRI-05 Khirisahi-Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,145,400.00 Rs.1,988,700.00 Rs.8,134,100.00

10 PRI-06 Baghamunda-Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,198,300.00 Rs.3,214,000.00 Rs.9,412,300.00

11 PRI-07 Khatiakudi- Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,122,800.00 Rs.3,073,000.00 Rs.9,195,800.00

12 PRI-08 Gurubai- Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,113,800.00 Rs.1,686,600.00 Rs.7,800,400.00

13 GJM-01 Samalanasi , Khallikote, Ganjam Rs.6,184,000.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,184,000.00

14 GJM-02 Madhurchuan, Ganjam Rs.6,239,300.00 Rs.3,901,500.00 Rs.10,140,800.00

Rs.88,211,200.00 Rs.24,888,800.00 Rs.113,100,000.00

- 7 -

PART-1- FEASIBILITY REPORT

A- Physical features

Orissa has a long coastline of 480 kms along the Bay of Bengal. It is

situated in the East Coast of India between 170 49’N to 220 36’N Latitude and 810

36’E to 870 18’E Longitude. The state is intercepted by peninsular river systems

like Subarnarekha, Budhabalang, Brahmani, Baitarani, Mahanadi, Rushikulya and

Vansadhara, apart from a number of tributaries and distributaries. Out of total

480 Kms the project area covers two stretches of coast that is (1) Gopalpur to

Chilika (including habitant islands of Chilika) and (2) Paradeep to Dhamara.

These two stretches cover 94 Kms and 98 Kms respectively.

Chilika is the biggest lagoon along the east coast of India, situated

between latitudes 19 0 28 ‘and 19 0 54 ‘ “N “ and longitude 85 0 38 “ “E “. It

covers Puri, Khurda, Nayagarh and Ganjam districts of Orissa, separated from

Bay of Bengal by a sand bar, whose width varies from 100 meters to 1.5 Kms.

Chilika has an area of 900 SqKm in Summer and 1100 SqKm in Rainy Season.

This implies that the average tidal flood over run on the coast could be very

small, the coast line being more than 150 Kms. A 32 Km long narrow outer

channel connects the main lagoon to the Bay of Bengal near village Arakhakuda.

The lagoon is pear shaped with a linear maximum length of 64.3 Kms and the

mean width during Summer and monsoon being 14.08 Kms and 18.10 Kms

respectively.

The tides in this region is semidiurnal based on the predicted tide levels

for Paradeep. At open sea, the average spring tidal range is about 2.39 m and

neap tidal range is about 0.85 m. The measured tide inside the lagoon at

Datapada, shows that the tides, in this region are characterized by a mixed type

which is predominantly semidiurnal. The tide range at Satapada was neap tides.

The measurements however showed that the mean water level increased from

0.125 m to 0.415 m between neap and spring tides.

There are a number of islands inside the Chilika lagoon. Besides a number

of villages are sandwiched between two big water bodies that is the lake and the

Bay of Bengal. Hence the vulnerability of the area to different disasters increases

due to geographical and physical features.

- 8 -

B- Economic Features

Nearly 85% of Orissa’s population (3,12,10,602) live in the rural areas and

depend mostly on agriculture for their livelihood. Another major avenue for

livelihood in this coastal area is fishing. People depend on sea and rivers for

fishing.

The State has abundant mineral resources including precious and semi-

precious stones. It has also plentiful water resources. Planned exploitation and

optimum utilization of rich natural resources like mineral, land, water and other

including human resources holds the key to rapid economic development of the

State.

The Gross State Domestic Product (GSDP) at constant prices (1993-94) of

Orissa has increased from Rs. 18,536.66 crore in 1993-94 to Rs. 25,539.01 crore

(quick estimate) in 2002-03, registering an annual compound growth rate of 3.62

percent over the period. Similarly, the Net State Domestic Product (NSDP)

commonly known as State Income increased from Rs. 16,184.88 crore in 1993-

94 to Rs. 21,861.91 crore (quick estimate) in 2002-03 at 1993-94 at 1993-94

prices. The per capita income at constant prices (1993-94) has been estimated at

Rs. 5,836.00 in 2002-03 against Rs. 4,896.00 in 1993-94. At constant (1993-94)

price, GSDP at factor cost is likely to attain a level of Rs. 28,254.89 crore during

2003-04 as compared to Rs. 25,539.01 crore (quick estimate) during 2002-03. As

against the Tenth Plan target growth rate of 6.2%, the growth rates during

2002-03 and 2003-04 were respectively 0.52 percent and 10.63 percent.

The state has a high concentration of Scheduled Caste (16.20%) and

Scheduled Tribe (22.21%) population (38.41%) as per 1991 Census. Besides,

48.01 % of population in rural areas and 42.83% in urban areas live below the

Poverty Line.

People living in the project area are mostly dependent on agriculture,

fishing and allied activities. They earn their livelihood only from these sources.

However frequent and recurring disasters affect their economic condition

adversely.

- 9 -

C- Existing Services Status

As the economic condition on the people of the locality is very poor most

of the population are having only temporary houses such as mud-wall with

sloped roof is their with thatching or tiled which are very highly prone to cyclonic

disasters. Nominal permanent structure of assist rule are available in this area

and during any cyclonic disasters most of the villages don’t have a safe space of

shelter and as such the construction of the cyclone shelter is very much essential

so as to save their lives. Since these areas are located within 2-3 km from the

coastline these are most vulnerable and to the cyclone and the minimum

requirement of these villages are provision of safe shelter building to save their

lives. As per the 1991 sinces about 80% of houses in these areas made of mud

house, bamboo, thatch, grass and leaf which are under high damage this group.

As the area is very coast the coast line RCC structure with raised platform of

atleast 3-5 m above the existing ground level is essential to save lies of the

villages from cyclonic disasters.

As such construction of such cyclone shelter is therefore very much

essential in this coastal belt to at least save the life of the villagers. In this area

even facilities of drinking water and electric supply etc. are almost not available

and the shelters which will have this facilities may also be utilized during the

normal period by this poor villages.

D- Planning aspects

• Feasible Alternative Plans

Availability of such shelter space is not their in these locality only some single

story permanent structure available but these will not be safe for occupation

during heavy cyclone when the water level will be much high thus there is no

other alternative plan than to construct such new cyclone shelters to save the

lives of the people in the locality. Considering the population of the existing

village and 1-2 neighboring villages within a distance of 2.25kms (travel time) is

to be design. No other alternative arrangement is feasible to save the lives of the

people.

- 10 -

• Broad Economic Analysis and Financial Impacts

Besides estimation of the housing damage risk, the other socio economic

vulnerability factors also need attention from the disaster managers. It is seen

that the people below poverty line, the fisherman families who are mostly coastal

inhabitants, the primary workers, single women families, disabled persons, the

children in the age group of 0-6 years and the aged are some of the most

vulnerable population to be affected by cyclones. They have neither the

minimum capacities to withstand the damage nor they have the economic

support to recover from the losses incurred in the hazards and come to normalcy

as far as the securities of the basic living needs are concerned. Similarly the

other economic and institutional vulnerability remains with the grass root level

institutional infrastructure done at the community and panchayat level such as

dispensaries, primary schools, village road, orchards and plantation areas,

standing kharif crops which constitute the backbone of the rural economy and

community support system. Very often the village road networks get affected

which deprive the communities isolated from the supply and linkage network.

The limited community and panchayat level resources can hardly be sufficient for

restoration and the problem continues as a vicious cycle.

These cyclone shelters will function as socio-economic hubs at the village level.

During normal time these shelters can be used as community halls, training

centers, schools etc. The cyclone shelter as well as the all weather approach

road will cater the economic need of the community, by providing connectivity to

the nearest market place.

The project aims at constructing 28,000 SqFt of safe shelter space with a total

cost of Rs.13.89 crore only. It aims at saving lives of around 14,000 people @ 2

SqFt standing space per person during disasters. Human life is precious. Actual

cost of saving 1 life can not be evaluated monetarily.

Since the buildings will be located close to the sea, these will have exposure to

saline conditions. Hence continuous maintenance is a factor to be concerned

with. However, care has been taken to use corrosion resistant steel, slag cement

and considering the design of severe condition. All RCC structures will be

designed considering severe condition as per BIS Specification. Hence

maintenance cost will be minimum. The shelter will be put to economic uses

- 11 -

during normal times by the community and nominal earnings from the activities

can be used for normal maintenance.

• Environmental and Social screening of the project:

Social and environmental screening as per the World Bank format was

done for each proposed site. CRZ mapping along with field verification has been

done to ascertain if any of the project sites is coming under CRZ restrictions.

Environmental and social issues will be identified through the screening process

and if any potential issue is identified, the same will be suitably addressed in site

specific Environmental Management Plans (EMP) and Social Management Plans

(SMP).

� Environmental Screening

Implementation of the project will not have any bearing on ecology and

environment of the locality. Since the buildings will be constructed in vacant

government lands it will not involve any displacement of people or disruption of

any economic activity. All the shelters will be constructed outside the Coastal

Regulation Zone and ecological sensitive area. The project area is not included in

any proposed developed area. The design and constructions will be consistence

with the surrounding landscape. The construction activity will involve only minor

building foundation excavation which will be filled up with sand after the

construction. The project will not also influence the flora or fauna of the locality

in any way.

Since the project involve the construction of cyclone shelters and the same will

be used as schools during normal times, it will not involve any hazardous

activities, storage or use of any harmful substances or any waste emission. The

detail of environment impact assessment study has been attached herewith as

Annexure- II

� No Environmental Pollution:

The project activities under the ICZMP will not generate any pollutant

which will cause air, water or land/ environmental pollution. Since the project

does not involve any activity

� Land acquisition and Impact on existing or proposed land use

The proposed Cyclone Shelters are on Govt./ community lands and are

inside the existing school premises. There is no land acquisition as such involved.

- 12 -

The connecting Roads to Cyclone Shelters proposed in ICZMP are not new

constructions but only involve raising and strengthening of the existing roads. As

such, there is no land acquisition involved. While proposing the development of

these roads, adequate attention is being paid to the natural flow of water and

drainage. There is no scope for change in land-use pattern.

The Saline Embankments proposed in ICZMP are not new constructions

but only raising/ strengthening and gap filling of the existing saline

embankments. Provision for adequate number of sluices has been made to

regulate the ingress and drain out surplus inland water. No land acquisition is

involved. Hence the land use pattern in the locality will not change.

� Impact on existing biodiversity

The CRZ mapping is being done to ascertain if any of the project sites is

coming under these protected zones with reference to bio-diversity. After the

screening, the project activities will be taken up with sufficient precautions, so

that these doesn’t affect the biodiversity of the locality.

� Impact on existing infrastructure

The Cyclone Shelters will create a network of disaster infrastructure. The

connecting roads with a standard of all-weather connections will provide access

ot these Safe Shelters during emergencies and will act as arterial roads leading

to betterment of infrastructure conditions in the localities during normal times.

The top of the proposed embankments had been designed as communication

roads in these remote areas.

Thus, the project instead of adversely affecting the infrastructure will

actually create a network of improved infrastructure.

� Sanitation and waste management

Provision of adequate number of latrines with septic tanks facilities is

being made in the cyclone shelters. Utmost care will be taken to maintain

sanitation during the shelter of the people. Adequate steps will be taken for

sanitation purposes for the labour during construction period.

- 13 -

� Problems related to leachate

Drinking water facilities will be provided to the cyclone shelters by digging

deep tube-wells. During digging of the tube-wells the ground water will be tested

in the laboratory as regards the problems related to leachate. If any problem is

identified sufficient corrective steps will taken to maintain purity of the drinking

water.

� Effective utilization of natural resources like water, soil etc.

Through the provision of the saline embankments, the project aims at

controlling the saline water ingress into the agricultural lands, so that the top soil

fertility of the land is not reduced. During construction works, no wastage of

water will be ensured.

� Impact on water availability or water quality

Since the project sites are in coastal areas, potable water is available in

plenty. Neither the construction process not the infrastructure created through

the project will affect the availability or the quality of the water in the locality.

� Noise levels

The project involves normal construction of building, road and

embankment works. The construction process will not create noises beyond the

permissible decibel levels.

� Removal of top soils/ soil erosion

The project will not result in any soil erosion. Construction of cyclone

shelters has no scope for resulting in erosion of top soil. Construction of saline

embankments will not result in soil erosion, rather it will protect the area from

saline ingress. Conversely this will protect top soil fertility of the agriculture land

and soil erosion.

� Use of hazardous/ toxic raw material

Since the normal construction practice will be followed for cyclone shelters, roads

and embankment no hazardous and toxic raw material will be used.

� Open dumping of construction debris

No construction debris will be left at the construction site. All the waste

and debris materials will be utilized for leveling and site development purposes.

� Inflow/ migration of labour

- 14 -

The construction process will not involve any large scale inflow or

migration of labour. The requirement of labour can mostly be met from the

locality itself.

� Aesthetic beauty of the site

Aesthetic beauty of the proposed site will not be affected due to the

project. In state steps will be taken to develop the surrounding of the cyclone

shelter site through plantation to be taken up by the community based Cyclone

Shelter Management and Maintenance Committee.

� No over utilization of water

Since all the projects will be taken up in the costal districts where potable

water is available in abundance, water will not be over utilized during the process

of construction.

� No alteration of drainage pattern

Care has been taken to select the project sites in such a manner that it

does not affect the natural flow of water or the drainage pattern of the locality.

In respect of construction or rural roads and saline embankment sufficient

number of vintages has been provided to ensure the normal drainage pattern in

the locality.

• Social Screening:

Implementation of the project will not have any bearing on ecology

and environment of the locality. Since the buildings will be constructed in vacant


any economic activity. The project will not also influence the flora or fauna of the

locality in any way.

Since the project involve the construction of cyclone shelters and the same will

be used as schools during normal times, it will not involve any hazardous

activities, storage or use of any harmful substances or any waste emission. Social

Screening as per the World Bank format will be conducted in the locality to

assess the impact of the project. Grama sabhas (village community meetings)

were organized on following dates for community consultation:

1. Baghamunda of Puri District – 04.05.2009 2. Jamuna of Puri District – 14.05.2009 3. Alanda of Puri District – 14.05.2009 4. Samalnasi of Ganjam District – 14.05.2009

- 15 -

The local community has overwhelmingly participated in the consultation process

and was unanimous about non existence of any adverse impact. The detail of

social impact assessment study has been attached herewith in a separate

booklet.

• Over view of institutional issues and capacity building required

Management and Maintenance of cyclone shelters: OSDMA experience

OSDMA has constructed 114 cyclone shelters in the six coastal districts of

the State, out of which 40 are from the World Bank funding. To ensure

community ownership of the building and public participation in its management

and maintenance, all the buildings have been handed over to the community

based Cyclone Shelter Management and Maintenance Committees (CSMMC). The

practice will be followed in all the proposed shelters under the project.

Salient features

1. Cyclone shelters are handed over to community based CSMMCs.

2. CSMMCs are registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860.

3. Buildings are used for school and other community purposes during normal

time

4. Buildings are put to economic uses and user’s fee is collected by CSMMC.

5. All the funds are placed in Joint Accounts opened for the purpose in a

Nationalized Bank.

6. A number of shelter equipment are supplied to the Cyclone shelters.

7. Task forces are constituted at shelter level for different tasks.

8. All the members of CSMMC and Task Forces are imparted training on disaster

management techniques.

Constitution of CSMMC:

The CSMMC is constituted through a Gram Sabha (Community meeting)

convened at the instances of OSDMA by the local BDO. The meeting is held in

presence of representative of OSDMA and the local BDO and other officers. The

CSMMC consists of both government and private members. Local Block

Development Officer, Tahasildar, Medical Officer, Revenue Inspector, ANM,

Anganwadi worker, Head master of the school in the campus of which the MCS

has been constructed, Junior engineer / Asst Engineer of the block/ RD

department, local Sarapanch, Ward member and any other government officer

- 16 -

related to relief, rehabilitation and reconstruction will be the Ex- officio members

of the society. The private member will be selected/ nominated by the General

Body i.e.two representatives each from the shelter village, served villages and

hamlets, NGOs, SC & ST / Women representatives, Disaster Management Teams

and SHG representatives etc.Total strength of the CSMMC including government

members is ideally twenty.

Objectives:

The main objectives of the CSMMC are

1. To manage and maintain the Multipurpose Cyclone Shelter (MCS) constructed

by Orissa State Disaster Mitigation Authority (OSDMA) as a caretaker to the

community asset on behalf of OSDMA and the community.

2. To ensure safe custody of the building and the equipment supplied/ to be

supplied from time to time.

3. To keep the building in readiness for use as shelters by the evacuated

persons during the disaster, to facilitate its use as shelter during the disaster

and to vacate the same after disaster.

4. To ensure lawful use of the building during normal time, to put it on income

generating use and collect funds for maintenance and to carry out actual

minor repair work as per the rule out of the fund and maintain the records as

per rules.

5. To ensure participation of the vulnerable community including the shelter

village and served villages in disaster preparedness activities and in

management and maintenance of the MCS.

6. To organize community based capacity building activities like workshops,

seminars, training programme on disaster related skills, padayatra etc to

sensitize, involve and to strengthen the community.

7. To develop a spirit of voluntarism among the youth of the community and to

organize them into different task forces, strengthen their capacity and ensure

their participation in disaster management.

8. To disseminate disaster warning and preparedness safety tips in the

community and helps them in preparedness.

- 17 -

9. To establish and maintain relation with field level officials of different

departments of Govt., VDMC members and NGOs for better preparedness and

management of activities during disaster.

Executives of the CSMMC

1. Block Development Officer of the concerned block will function as the Ex-

officio President of the CSMMC.

2. Sarapanch of the Gram Panchayat of Shelter Village will function as the Ex-

officio Vice-President of the CSMMC.

3. One representative of the vulnerable community, selected by General Body or

in case of urgency nominated by the President, will function as the Secretary

of the CSMMC.

Use of the Building

The cyclone shelters will be used to provide shelter to the vulnerable

people during disasters like cyclone/ flood etc. Most of the multipurpose cyclone

shelters have been constructed in school premises, so that the buildings can be

used as class rooms during normal time. The Multipurpose cyclone shelters will

also be used as a hub of social activities in the local community like a Community

hall for socio- cultural gatherings. Besides, the CSMMCs have been instructed to

put the buildings to economic uses and collect user fees at the nominal rates

decided by the CSMMC. The user fees so collected will be deposited in the joint

account and will be spent for the day to day maintenance of the building.

However, the building cannot be used anti-social, anti-national, communal or

political activities. Similarly, the building cannot be given on rent for permanent

or longer period. As providing shelter to vulnerable people during disasters is the

first priority, any contract for use of the building for any other purposes including

economic uses stands cancelled suo motu the moment a disaster warning is

received and the building will be vacated immediately.

Financial Guidelines 1. The CSMMC will be registered under the Societies Registration Act 1860.

2. A joint Account in the name of the Secretary and President of the CSMMC will

be opened in the local Nationalized Bank.

- 18 -

3. Funds provided from Govt. sources for maintenance of multi purpose cyclone

shelters and funds generated by the maintenance committee will be

deposited in the joint account of the CSMMC and will be spent for the

purpose as per the guideline of the funding source with approval of the

President and supported by the Resolution of the Committee. Secretary of the

CSMMC can keep up to Rs.500/- cash in hand for day to day maintenance/

cleaning etc. works.

4. For minor repair works Secretary of CSMMC with prior approval of the

committee will propose individual repair item with an expenditure not

exceeding Rs. 1000/-. The work can be taken up with approval of president

of the committee.

5. The repair / maintenance works could be taken up either departmentally or

by engagement of contractors with active cooperation of members of the

committee and local public. Members of CSMMC will be required to supervise

the repair works to ensure its quality.

6. All payments more than Rs. 500 will be made through Cheques. Cheques will

be issued with the joint signature of secretary and president of the CSMMC.

7. The committee will prepare a tentative budget of income and expenditure on

probable repair works for the cyclone shelter in the month of

January/February.

- 19 -

Income generation activities by CSMMC

1 The meeting of CSMMC will sit at least once in a month to ascertain physical

and financial position of the building. The committee will prepare a tentative

budget for the entire financial year in the month of January/February of the

preceding year keeping in view the possible income and repair works to be

undertaken.

2 The committee will decide the rate of hire charges of the building for different

purposes as a matter of principle once in a year before the start of the

financial year.

3 The committee can accept donations from individuals and organizations for

maintenance and improvement of the shelter only through cheques/demand

drafts drawn in favour of the committee for which money receipt will be given

under the signature of the secretary. The amounts will be entered in a

register and the money will be deposited in the joint account of the

committee.

Shelter Equipment:

A number of shelter equipment have been provided to the cyclone

shelters constructed by OSDMA. The equipment include generator sets, inflatable

tower lights for night time disaster management, power saws, search and rescue

equipment, First-Aid kit, free kitchen utensils, totaling more than 40 items. List

attached as Annexure- IV.

Task force:

Task Forces on Search & Rescue and First Aid have been formed in the cyclone

shelters and training on the techniques has been imparted to the volunteers

through Civil Defense Organization and St John Ambulance respectively.

Corpus fund for maintenance:

CSMMCs will be entrusted with maintenance of MCS. The committee will

collect suitable maintenance fees from the users by putting them to use for

social functions and community based cultural activities. The CSMMC will not

need assistance for 1st 5 years. After 5 years the Committee will be self

sufficient to maintain the building.

- 20 -

For sustainable maintenance of the shelter buildings, it is proposed that a

Corpus Fund for Rs.200000/- for each shelter will be created and the money will

be deposited in the name of the CSMMC in a fixed deposit scheme with a LOCK-

IN system. Only the interest accrued from it on annual basis will be spent for the

purpose of maintenance. The committee cannot withdraw the principal amount

for a minimum period of 10 years and without prior permission of OSDMA. They

can only utilize the annual interest accrued on the deposit and can spend along

with the users fees collected towards maintenance of the MCS.

Capacity building

Capacity building of the officials involved in construction, management

and maintenance of the cyclone shelter will be required at two levels.

1) For the officials involved in construction-one workshop at the state

level.

2) For the members of Cyclone Shelter Management and Maintenance

Committees (CSMMCs) and disaster management teams- several

rounds of training programmes will be organized.

- 21 -

Part II-DETAILED PROJECT REPORT

A. Designs

The shelters will be designed to withstand wind velocity of 300 KM per

hour and roof live load of 500 Kg. per square meter as per IS: 875. It will

be designed as earthquake resistant also. The foundation will be normally

with under reamed pile and the pile cap will be below the ground level so

that the piles will be free from scouring. The piles will be designed as per IS :

2911. The foundation depth will depend on the type of soil and accordingly soil

exploration will be taken up before finalizing the foundation design. The super

structure will be of RCC frame and interior and exterior walls including the toilet

sickroom etc. will be with K.B. Brick walls painted with waterproof cement

paint. The design of the RCC column and beams will be as per IS code

456/2000 considering “severe condition” as these shelters will be located in the

coastal belt with saline influence.

Slag cement and corrosion resistant steel will be used to resist the

saline action. All RCC works will be with M30 concrete with adequate cover as

per “severe condition”. Plastering etc. will be with cement mortar 1:4 mix.

Grading Plaster with water proofing compound over 2 coats of polimer paint

will be provided over RCC roof. Mild slope in the roof will be done for proper

drainage of the rainwater.

All weather connectivity to the shelter- The shelters will be connected with

all weather roads.

Standard drawings of 2000 capacity shelter building is placed below:

- 22 -

B. Project Cost, Cost Tables, Estimate & Bill of Quantities

- 23 -

Project Cost (A) Institutional Cost

(A1) Investment Cost as per details at page-24 Rs.6,00,000.00

(A2) Operational Cost as per details at page-24 Rs.10,14,000.00

B/(B1) Capacity Building as per details at page-25 Rs.1,03,02,050.00

C/(C1) Monitoring & Evaluation (Third party) Quality monitoring, quality assurance & quality audit as per details at page-35

Rs.19,67,000.00

Environmental & social screening and clearance cost (Page-36)

Rs.18,06,000.00

D/(D1) Communication Rs.8,00,000.00

(E) Physical (Building Area 28000 sft)

(E1) Civil works (Building proper)

(a) Civil cost Rs.72164,822.59

(b) Electrification Rs.2989206.50

(c) Sanitation & water supply Rs.4191748.58

(d) Tube wells for drinking water (14 nos.) Rs.6296220.00

(e) Detailed soil investigation & testing of pile Rs.2569259.93

(E2) Road Joining MCS Rs.24888800.00

Estimated Cost - Sub_Total (E1-E2) Rs.113100057.60 Say Rs.113100000.00

(E3) Quality monitoring, quality assurance & quality audit Rs.2262000.00

(E4) Supervision Charges as per details at Page-38 Rs.5655000.00

(E5) Generators (for all 14 buildings) Rs.1400000.00

Sub Total (A-E) Rs.13,89,06,107.60 (F) Departmental Costs (Not to be financed)

(F1) Operational Cost (Electricity, telephone, Internet charges etc.)

Rs.17,40,000.00

(F2) Support Cost (Salary etc.) Rs.72,00,000.00

(F3) Designing & Development charges Rs.50,000.00

Grand Total Rs.14,78,96,107.60

Say Rs.14.79 crore

- 24 -

(A) Institutional Cost (A1) Investment Cost

Items Units Unit Cost Cost Computer with accessories/ LCD Projector

4 Rs.50000.00 Rs.200000.00

Plotter/ Printer 1 Rs.300000.00 Rs.300000.00 LCD 1 Rs.100000.00 Rs.100000.00 Sub Total Rs.600000.00

(A2) Operational Cost (Consumables)

Items Units Unit Cost Year-1 Year-2 Year-3 Total Cost

Consumables (Paper, postage, stationeries etc.)

3 Rs.50000.00 Rs.50000.00 Rs.50000.00 Rs.50000.00 Rs.150000.00

(A2) Operational Cost (Remuneration of support staff)

Items Remunerati

on Year-1 Year-2 Year-3

Total Cost Remuneration of Support Staff (3 persons for 3 years)

Per person @Rs.8000/-

per month

Rs.288000.00 Rs.288000.00 Rs.288000.00 Rs.864000.00

Sub Total Rs.1014000.00

- 25 -

B/(B1) Capacity Building

ABSTRACT OF Budget Estimate on Capacity Building for Cyclone Sh elter (1/10)

Sl. No. Name of Activities Amount

1 State Level ToT (3 days) (Training of trainers for CSMMC members, local NGO , PRI members, block & state administration and block &St ate level)

Rs.163,250.00

2 ESMF Conference Rs.72,000.00

3 Pre-Bid Conference of Contractors Rs.62,500.00

4 Awareness campign (Poster, leaflet & booklet, CSMMC members exposure visit & mock drill for 3 years and others)

Rs.494,000.00

5 Block level w orkshop (3 blocks) (Sensitization Programme for block administration, PRI Representatives, and CSMMC members.) @Rs.27,700/- per block per year for a period of 3 years.

Rs.249,300.00

6 Prepatory Activities (Periphery village awareness campaign, Social mobilisation & CSMMC formation for shelter management concept) @38,000/- per shelter

Rs.532,000.00

7 First Aid training of DMTs on (30 persons per shelter for 4 days) (Shelter Level Task Force)

Rs.1,151,500.00

8 CSMMC Capacity Building Activities (40 persons per shelter for 2 days)

Rs.1,018,500.00

9 Search & Rescue training of DMTs (Disaster Manageme nt Teams) at shelter level Training (Shelter Level Task Force) (30 persons per shelter for 6 days 2 times.)

Rs.1,309,000.00

10 Shelter equipment @Rs.1,00 ,000/- per shelter (14 shelters) Rs.1,400,000.00

11 Corpus Fund @Rs.2,00,000/ - per shelter (14 shelters)

Rs.2,800,000.00

12 Coordination charges for training programme (State level) @Rs.15,000/- p er shelter per year (14 shelters for a period of 3 years)

Rs.630,000.00

13 NGO facilitation for capacity building of shelter l evel training (@Rs.10,000/- per shelter per year for a period of 3 years.)

Rs.420,000.00

Total Rs.10,302,050.00

- 26 -

State Level ToT (3 days) (2/10)

Tot

al P

artic

ipan

t 50

Per

sons

Day

s of

TO

T

Foo

ding

exp

ense

s @

350

/- P

er

Tra

iner

& R

esou

rce

Per

sons

for

thre

e da

ys w

ith 5

per

sons

ext

ra

per

day

Pen

, not

eboo

k a

nd b

ag @

250

/-

Acc

omm

odat

ion

for

50 tr

aine

rs

per

day

@25

0/-

Ven

ue C

harg

es /

hirin

g of

M

ater

ials

Con

veya

nce

of T

rain

er 5

0 pe

rson

s) @

250/

- (A

s pe

r A

ctua

l)

Res

ourc

e pe

rson

cha

rges

2

pers

ons

for

2 da

ys

Tra

inin

g M

atte

rial &

M

isce

llane

ous

expe

nses

Veh

icle

Cha

ges

Tot

al

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

50 3 57,750.00 12,500.00 37,500.00 20,000.00 12,500.00 8,000.00 10,000.00 5,000.00 163,250.00

- 27 -

State level Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) Workshop under ICZMP (3/10)

Tot

al P

artic

ipan

ts 7

5 P

erso

ns

Day

s of

Wor

ksho

p

Con

fere

nce

Hal

l and

lu

nch

for

75

part

icip

ants

, gue

sts

and

orga

nize

rs @

500/

- pe

r pa

rtic

ipan

t

Pen

, not

eboo

k a

nd

fold

er @

50/

-

Acc

omm

odat

ion

for

She

lter

repr

esen

tativ

es, P

RI

and

NG

O p

artic

ipan

ts if

an

y

Tra

vel e

xpen

ses

for

She

lter

repr

esen

tativ

es, P

RI &

N

GO

par

ticip

ants

@

350/

- pe

r pe

rson

Wor

ksho

p m

ater

ials

&

mis

cella

neou

s ex

pens

es

Tot

al

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

75 1 37,500.00 3,750.00 5,000.00 15,750.00 10,000.00 72,000.00

- 28 -

Pre-Bid Conference for Contractors under ICZMP (4/10)

Tot

al P

artic

ipan

ts

50 P

erso

ns

Day

s of

Con

fere

nce

Con

fere

nce

Hal

l ch

arge

Lunc

h fo

r 50

pa

rtic

ipan

ts,

gues

ts a

nd

orga

nize

rs @

500/

- pe

r pa

rtic

ipan

t

Pen

, not

eboo

k a

nd

fold

er @

50/

-

Acc

omm

odat

ion

for

gues

ts if

any

Con

fere

nce

mat

eria

ls &

m

isce

llane

ous

expe

nses

Tot

al

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

50 1 10000 25,000.00 2,500.00 5,000.00 20,000.00 62,500.00

- 29 -

Awareness campaign (5/10) (Amount in Rs.)

Nam

e of

Dis

tric

t

No.

Blo

ck

Tot

al S

helte

rs /N

o of

Bat

ches

Moc

k dr

ill @

5000

/- p

er y

er fo

r a

perio

d of

3 y

ears

Pre

para

tion

of D

o's

& D

on't

for

shel

ter

mai

nten

ance

2 da

ys W

orks

hop

for

prep

arat

ion

of

Do'

s &

Don

't fo

r sh

elte

r m

aint

enan

ce

at S

tate

leve

l

Lam

inat

ion

of D

o's

& D

on't

&

CS

MM

C /

Tas

k F

orce

dut

ies,

re

spon

sibi

litie

s &

she

lter

guid

elin

es

@R

s.50

00/-

per

she

lter

Prin

ting

of p

oste

r, le

aple

t and

bo

okle

t (IE

C m

ater

ial)

Exp

osur

e vi

sit o

f CS

MM

C m

embe

rs

@R

s.20

00/-

per

she

lter

Tra

inin

g su

perv

isio

n (v

ehic

le

char

ges

& o

ther

s) @

Rs.

3000

/- p

er

shel

ter

Tot

al

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Ganjam 1 2 30,000.00 2,000.00

30,000.00 70,000.00 100,000.00 28,000.00

6,000.00

494,000.00 Kendrapara 1 4 60,000.00 4,000.00 12,000.00

Puri 1 8 120,000.00 8,000.00 24,000.00

Total 3 14 210,000.00 14,000.00 30,000.00 70,000.00 100,000.00 28,000.00 42,000.00 494,000.00

- 30 -

Block level workshop

(Sensitization Programme for block administration, PRI Representatives, and CSMMC members.) (6/10) (Amount in Rs.)

Nam

e of

Dis

tric

t

No.

Blo

ck

Tot

al S

helte

rs /N

o of

Bat

ches

Tot

al P

artic

ipan

ts

Day

s of

Wor

ksho

p

Foo

ding

exp

ense

s @

Rs.

100/

- pe

r pa

rtic

ipan

t per

day

Pen

& n

ote

book

@ R

s.30

/-

Ven

ue C

harg

es /

hirin

g of

Mat

eria

ls

@R

s.20

00/-

per

blo

ck

Doc

umen

tatio

n &

Mis

cella

neou

s C

harg

es @

5000

/- p

er b

lock

Tra

inin

g su

perv

isio

n (v

ehic

le

char

ges

& o

ther

s) @

Rs.

5000

/- p

er

bloc

k

Sub

tota

l

2nd

year

ref

resh

men

t wor

ksho

p

3rd

year

ref

resh

men

t wor

ksho

p

Gra

nd T

otal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Ganjam 1 2 30 2 6,000.00 900.00 2,000.00 5,000.00 5,000.00 18,900.00 18,900.00 18,900.00 56,700.00

Kendrapara 1 4 60 2 12,000.00 1,800.00 4,000.00 5,000.00 5,000.00 27,800.00 27,800.00 27,800.00 83,400.00

Puri 1 8 80 2 16,000.00 2,400.00 8,000.00 5,000.00 5,000.00 36,400.00 36,400.00 36,400.00 109,200.00

Total 3 14 437 34,000.00 5,100.00 14,000.00 15,00 0.00 15,000.00 83,100.00 83,100.00 83,100.00 249,300.00

- 31 -

Preparatory Activities (7/10)

(Amount in Rs.)

Nam

e of

Dis

tric

t

No.

Blo

ck

Tot

al S

helte

rs /N

o of

Bat

ches

Per

iphe

ry v

illag

e aw

aren

ess

cam

paig

n fo

r cy

clon

e sh

elte

r co

ncep

t @R

s.10

,000

/-

Soc

ial m

obili

zatio

n &

CS

MM

C

form

atio

n @

10,0

00/-

per

sh

elte

r

Gen

eral

Bod

y M

eetin

g (M

ain

villa

ge &

ser

ved

villa

ge)

@R

s.50

00/-

per

she

lter

for

a pe

riod

of 3

yea

rs

Pre

pare

dnes

s ac

tiviti

es

supe

rvis

ion

char

ges

@R

s.30

00/-

per

she

lter

Tot

al

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Ganjam 1 2 20,000.00 20,000.00 30,000.00 6,000.00 76,000.00

Kendrapara 1 4 40,000.00 40,000.00 60,000.00 12,000.00 152,000.00

Puri 1 8 80,000.00 80,000.00 120,000.00 24,000.00 304,000.00

Total 3 14 140,000.00 140,000.00 210,000.00 42,000. 00 532,000.00

- 32 -

Training of DMTs on First Aid (30 persons per shelter for 4 days) (Shelter Level Task Force) (8/10)

Nam

e of District

No. B

lock

Total S

helters /No

of Batches

Total P

articipant @

30 Per S

helter

Days of T

raining

pen and note book @

25/-

Fees of trainers &

exam

iner including conveyance and other expenses

@8000/-

Training M

aterial (F

irstAid box) per

shelter @1000/-

First Aid B

ooklet( 5 book for S

elter &

30 book for DM

Ts)

@ R

s. 25/- x 35 nos per batch

Certificate fees @

150/- per trainee

Training M

aterials @

Rs.1000/- per batch

Fooding expenses

@ 100/- P

er participant per day

(30 + 5 persons extra per day)

Venue C

harges / D

ocumentation @

5000- per batch

Training

supervision (vehicle charges) @

Rs.5000/- per shelter

Transportation charges of M

aterials

Sub T

otal

2nd year refreshm

ent training

Grand T

otal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 19

Ganjam

1 2

60

4

1,500.00

16,000.00

2,000.00

1,750.00

9,000.00

2,000.00

28,000.00

10,000.00

6,000.00

6,000.00

82,250.00

82,250.00

164,500.00

Kendrapar

a 1 4

120

4

3,000.00

32,000.00

4,000.00

3,500.00

18,000.00

4,000.00

56,000.00

20,000.00

12,000.00

12,000.00

164,500.00

164,500.00

329,000.00

Puri

1 8

240

4

6,000.00

64,000.00

8,000.00

7,000.00

36,000.00

8,000.00

112,000.00

40,000.00

24,000.00

24,000.00

329,000.00

329,000.00

658,000.00

Total

3

14

420

12

10,500.00

112,000.00

14,000.00

12,250.00

63,000.00

14,000.00

196,000.00

70,000.00

42,000.00

42,000.00

575,750.00

575,750.00

1,151,500.00

- 33 -

CSMMC Capacity Building Activities (40 persons per shelter for 2 days) (9/10)

(Amount in Rs.)

Nam

e of

Dis

tric

t

No.

Blo

ck

Tot

al S

helte

rs /N

o of

Bat

ches

Tot

al P

artic

ipan

t @50

Per

S

helte

r

Day

s of

Tra

inin

g

Foo

ding

exp

ense

s @

Rs.

100/

-

Per

par

ticip

ant p

er d

ay

Pen

and

not

e bo

ok @

Rs.

25/-

pe

r pe

rson

Res

ourc

e P

erso

n C

harg

es

(Inc

ludi

ng fo

odin

g &

trav

el

expe

nses

) @

Rs.

5000

/- p

er

Bat

ch

Ven

ue C

harg

es /

hirin

g of

M

ater

ials

& d

ocum

enta

tion

@

Rs.

5000

/- p

er B

atch

Trai

ning

sup

ervi

sion

(ve

hicl

e ch

arge

s) @

Rs.

3000

/- p

er

shel

ter

Sub

Tot

al

2nd

year

ref

resh

men

t tra

inin

g

3rd

year

ref

resh

men

t tra

inin

g

Gra

nd T

otal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Ganjam 1 2 100 2 20,000.00 2,500.00 10,000.00 10,000.00 6,000.00 48,500.00 48,500.00 48,500.00 145,500.00

Kendrapara 1 4 200 2 40,000.00 5,000.00 20,000.00 20,000.00 12,000.00 97,000.00 97,000.00 97,000.00 291,000.00

Puri 1 8 400 2 80,000.00 10,000.00 40,000.00 40,000.00 24,000.00 194,000.00 194,000.00 194,000.00 582,000.00

Total 3 14 700 6 140,000.00 17,500.00 70,000.00 70,000.00 42,000.00 339,500.00 339,500.00 339,500.00 1,018,500.00

- 34 -

Training of DMTs on Search & Rescue Training (30 persons per shelter for 6 days)

(Shelter Level Task Force) (10/10) (Amount in Rs.)

Nam

e of D

istrict

No. B

lock

Total

Shelters /N

o of B

atches

Total

Participant @

30 Per

Shelter

Days of

Training

Fooding

expenses @

Rs.100/- P

er participant

(30+5) persons per

day

pen and note book @

25/-

Fees of

trainers &

examiner

including conveyance

and other expenses @

12000/-

Training

Material

Search &

rescue kit P

er S

helter @

2000/- per batch

Venue

Charges /

hiring of M

aterials @

3000/- per batch

Docum

entation @

5000/- per batch

Training

supervision (vehicle charges)

@R

s.3000/- per shelter

Sub T

otal

2nd year refreshm

ent training

Grand T

otal

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16

Ganjam

1 2

60

6

42,000.00

1,500.00

24,000.00

4,000.00

6,000.00

10,000.00

6,000.00

93,500.00

93500.00

187,000.00

Kendrapar

a 1 4

120

6

84,000.00

3,000.00

48,000.00

8,000.00

12,000.00

20,000.00

12,000.00

187,000.00

187000.00

374,000.00

Puri

1 8

240

6

168,000.00

6,000.00

96,000.00

16,000.00

24,000.00

40,000.00

24,000.00

374,000.00

374000.00

748,000.00

Total

3

14

420

18

294,000.00

10,500.00

168,000.00

28,000.00

42,000.00

70,000.00

42,000.00

654,500.00

654,500.00

1,309,000.00

- 35 -

C/(C1) : Monitoring & Evaluation (Third party)

Cost for Quality Monitoring, Quality Assurance and Quality Audits for ICZM Works( Cyclone shelters)

Sl.No. Detail project Report Number of

persons &period Amount

1 Supervision Consultant- Senior Engineers with 20 years experiences in Building construction and with laboratory experience. Rs.1500 per day

3 Nos@5days per month for 30months

Rs.6,75,000.00

2 Hire charges of inspection vehicles including consumables. for site visit @ Rs.800.00per day

3 Nos@5days per month for 30months

Rs.3,60,000.00

3 Testing on quality through Mobile quality control Van with labortary.

50 days @ Rs.3000.00

Rs.1,50,000.00

4 Quality Audit ( 3rd party quality monitoring) Senior Engineer with 25 years experience in building works as Chief Engineer, experience in quality monitoring of external aided project Hire charges of vehicle of inspection vehicle for Rs.1000.00

6 day per month for 30 months. @Rs.2,500 per day 5days per month @Rs.1000.00x 30 months

Rs.4,50,000.00

Rs.1,50,000.00

Rs.17,85,000.00 5 Expenses for preparation of

inspection report, quality report and monitoring report @ Rs.14000.00 per shelter

@ Rs.14000x 3 years

Rs.42,000.00

6 Testing of materials, concrete cubes etc. in the laboratory

@Rs.10,000/- per each shelter

Rs.1,40,000.00

Rupee Nineteen lakh sixty seven thousand only Total=Rs.19,67,000.00

- 36 -

C/(C1) Environmental & social screening and clearance cost (in Rs.)

Items Unit cost

in Rs.

Year-I Year-2 Year-3 Total Units

Total cost in

Rs. Unit Cost Unit Cost Unit Cost

Environmental Screening

Base Line Environmental Survey

5000 14 70000 - - - - 14 70000

Travel 5000 14 70000 - - - - 14 70000 Documentation for CRZ 2000 14 28000 - - - - 14 28000 CRZ clearance fee 25000 14 350000 - - - - 14 350000

Sub_Total 56 518000 0 0 0 0 56 518000 Social Screening - - - - Base Line Social Survey 10000 14 140000 - - - - 14 140000 Travel 5000 14 70000 - - - - 14 70000 Documentation 2000 14 28000 - - - - 14 28000

Sub_Total 42 238000 0 0 0 0 42 238000 Environmental Monitoring

Quarterly Internal team Travel per site for 03 years

4000 56 224000 56 224000 56 224000 168 672000

Yearly External Team visit per site for 03 years

4000 14 56000 14 56000 14 56000 42 168000

Consultant fee for External experts

5000 14 70000 14 70000 14 70000 42 210000

Sub_Total 84 350000 84 350000 84 350000 252 1050000

Grand Total 1106000 350000 350000 1806000

- 37 -

(E) ABSTRACT ESTIMATE (CONSTRUCTION COST) Sl No

Package No Name of the Site Cost of C.S Cost of

Approach Road Total Cost

1 KEN-01 Pentha-Rajnagar, Kendrapara Rs.6,725,700.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,725,700.00

2 KEN-02 Manjuapalli-

Rajnagar, Kendrapara

Rs.6,775,700.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,775,700.00

3 KEN-03 Petachhela-

Mahakalapada, Kendrapara

Rs.6,581,000.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,581,000.00

4 KEN-04 Badatudi-Mahakalapada, Kendrapara

Rs.6,549,700.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,549,700.00

5 PRI-01 Jamuna-

Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,145,400.00 Rs.6,927,100.00 Rs.13,072,500.00

6 PRI-02 Titipa-

Krushnaprasad,Puri Rs.6,097,800.00 Rs.1,830,000.00 Rs.7,927,800.00

7 PRI-03 Alnda-Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,186,900.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,186,900.00

8 PRI-04 Jharkota-Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,145,400.00 Rs.2,267,900.00 Rs.8,413,300.00

9 PRI-05 Khirisahi-


10 PRI-06 Baghamunda-Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,198,300.00 Rs.3,214,000.00 Rs.9,412,300.00

11 PRI-07 Khatiakudi- Krushnaprasad-Puri Rs.6,122,800.00 Rs.3,073,000.00 Rs.9,195,800.00

12 PRI-08 Gurubai-


13 GJM-01 Samalanasi , Khallikote, Ganjam Rs.6,184,000.00 Rs.0.00 Rs.6,184,000.00

14 GJM-02 Madhurchuan, Ganjam Rs.6,239,300.00 Rs.3,901,500.00 Rs.10,140,800.00

Rs.88,211,200.00 Rs.24,888,800.00 Rs.113,100,000.00

8.6 Manner of disposal of the waste emissions Not required 8.7 Whether there is any provision for treatment of the waste emission

before release into external environment. Give details in plan Not required

8.8 Whether there is provision in the project for Environment Monitoring. If so, give details

Not required

8.9 Cost of Environmental monitoring plan Nil

- 38 -

(E4) Supervision Charges

Sl.No. Detailed project report

@ rate per year Amount

1 Site Engineers with 10 years experience or Degree Engineers with three year experience in Building construction Works

6 nos for 34 months @Rs.20,000.00

Rs.4,080,000.00

2 Senior Engineers having Degree with 8 year experiences building as well as labortary experience @Rs.25,000.00

One no @ 30,000x30 months

Rs.900,000.00

3 Travel expenses including hire charges of Vehicle @ Rs.1,35,000.00x3=

@ Rs.1,75,000.00x 3 years

Rs.525,000.00

4 Preparation of report @Rs.50,000 per year for 3 years

Rs.150,000.00

Rupees fifty six lakh fifty five thousand only Total=Rs.5,655,000.00

- 39 -

Bill of Quantities

Construction of Cyclone Shelter Building under Worl d Bank funding Package No._____ Civil Works.

Sl.No. Description of Items Quantity

for 1 Buildings

Unit Rate In

Figure In Words

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Providing & erecting necessary plants, equipments and

labour for boring holes and casting of 375 mm dia bored cast-in-situ single under reamed RCC piles confirming to IS2911 (part-III) with one bulb to the required depth. Below the finished ground level as per drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge for all piles, excepting initial test piles with 20mm. down graded coarse aggregate, confirming to IS 383 , sand as per relevant IS specification and portland slag cement confirming to IS 455 of proportion, which is to be determined by trial mixes from approved materials at site to attend a minimum ultimate cube crushing strength of 30 Mpa at 28 days as per approved specification. Course and fine aggregate shall be screened and washed (if necessary) rate shall include supply and cost of all materials such as stone chips, sand, cement and bentonite with all leads and lifts of materials but excluding the cost of reinforcement and its bending, binding & tying as per drawing and design, layout providing and bringing all plants in position including lowering of reinforcement cage into the bore hole and placing in position, guide pipe, tie rope & casting of concrete including compaction. The cost of boring holes for piles shall be included in the unit rate of piles.

1131.00 Rm

2 Earthwork in excavation of foundation trenches and column foundation trenches and column foundation and pits in ordinary soil within an initial lift of 1.5m. Including dressing the lift of 1.5m. Including dressing the sides and leveling the bed and depositing the excavated materials away from the site within an initial lead of 50m. as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge including cost of all labour, sundries, tools and plants etc. complete.

250.00 Cum

3 Filling foundation trenches and plinth with sand. Well watered and compacted with appropriate mechanical compactor and top surface dressed and leveled to proper gradient as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge including cost of all labour sundries T&P etc. and cost of sand including conveyance, all taxes and royalities, loading and unloading.

400.00 Cum

- 40 -

4 Providing and laying plain cement concrete 1:4:8 grade mix using port land slag cement in foundation and botton layers of flooring and below pile cap etc. using 40mm size downgraded hard crusher broken granite chips of approved quality from approved quarry including weigh-batching. Mixing in appropriate mechanical mixers, lowering, laying and compacting to proper level as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge including curing and cost of all materials with all taxes and royalities loading and unloading conveyance, labour, sundries and T&P etc. complete as per approved specification.

30.00 Cum

5 Providing, lifting, hosting and laying PCC M15 grade mix using portland slag cement as per IS: 456 2000 in Foundation & Toe wall as per the drawing with 20mm aggregate (downgraded confirming to IS: 383) of hard crusher broken granite chips of approved quality from approved quarry including weigh batching, mixing in approved mechanical concrete mixers and compacting to proper shape and size level and plumbs and maintaining the clear cover of concrete member not less than 45 mm confirming to the approved specification IS: 456-2000 and finishing the exposed surface smooth, scaffolding watering and curing for the required period as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge including cost of all materials with taxes royalities, transportation, loading and unloading, all labour sundries T&P etc. but excluding cost of material and labour for reinforcement bars and centering, shuttering etc.

20.00 Cum

6 Providing, lifting, hosting and laying reinforced cement concrete of M30 grade mix using portland slag cement (cement content not less than 450 kg/cum as per IS 456 2000 for severe exposure condition) to base of columns and footings. Pile cap plinth band lintels, chajja, shelf, fins roof slabs, balconies, stair case, ramps, parapets, window sills, lofts, railings copings etc with 20mm aggregate (downgraded confirming to IS 383) of hard crusher broken black granite chips of approved quality from approved quarry including weigh batching, mixing in approved mechanical concrete mixers and compacting to proper shape and size level and plumbs and maintaining the clear cover of concrete member not less than 45mm confirming to the approved specification IS 456-2000 and finishing the exposed surface smooth, scaffolding watering and curing for the required period as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge including cost of all materials with taxes royalities, transportation, loading and unloading, all labour sundries T&P etc. but excluding cost of material and labour for reinforcement bars and centering, shuttering. This shall also include suitable plasticiser (of approved quality as per direction of Engineer-in-charge) to be used in concrete mix.

(I) Foundation (Pile Caps & Grade Beams) 70.00 Cum (I) Ground Floor 70.00 Cum (ii) First Floor 55.00 Cum (iii) 2nd Floor 20.00 Cum

- 41 -

7 Supplying corrosion resistance steel (CRS) reinforcement (such as Tiscon CRS 42 bars) of required diameter and approved quality for the RCC items with straightening, cutting to sizes, bending and binding the grills, lifting and placing in position as per design complete including cost of CRS bars, binding wires for binding reinforcement which shall be soft & of annealed mild steel of 16 SWG and shall conform to IS 280: 1978 all labour, sundries, T&P and scaffolding etc. complete (linear measurement of reinforcement only will be taken and quantity will be calculated on standard weight) for all heights.

360.00 Qtl

8 Providing strong rigid and levelled centering and shuttering to required shape and size for all kinds of RCC works mentioned in different items with steel centering and shuttering materials with all necessary bracing ties and supports with level centering covered with bituminous paper including provision of necessary holes and pockets electrical conduct pipe, PH pipes fan hooks or boxes, switch and board insert plates, clamps and extension bars etc. as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge and dismantling and removing after the required interval from the date of casting, including cost of all materials with transportation, taxes, loading and unloading etc. and all labour, sundries, T&P scaffolding etc. complete as per approved specification.

(a) Foundation (Pile cap & Grade Beam) 230.00 (b) Ground Floor i. Columns, Beams 250.00 Sqm ii. Roof slab 150.00 Sqm iii. Staircase 120.00 Sqm iv. Lintel , Chajja, Ramp & Parapet Railing 160.00 Sqm (c) First Floor i. Columns & Beams 200.00 Sqm ii. Roof slab, shelf loft 150.00 Sqm iii. Staircase 70.00 Sqm iv. Lintel , Chajja & Parapet Railing 80.00 Sqm (d) 2nd Floor i. Columns & Beams 25.00 Sqm ii. Slab 60.00 Sqm iii. Lintel & Chajja 180.00 Sqm

9 Masonry work using KB bricks 250mm . Size having cushing strength not less than 70 kgs/sqcm in cement mortar (1.6) with portland slag ceemnt (PSC) immersing the bricks for minimum 6 hours in water before use with necessary projections, splays, cutting, circular moulding, corbelling etc. including cost, conveyance, taxes, royalities loading and unloading of all materials and all labour an scaffolding, watering and curing, sundries, T&P etc. complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge as per approved specification.

I) Foundation & Plinth 27.00 Cum II) Superstructure i. Ground Floor 10.00 Cum

- 42 -

ii. First Floor 65.00 Cum iii. 2nd Floor 8.50 Cum

10 Providing average 20mm. thick grading plaster with cement mortar (1:4) with portland slag cement (PSC) using 2% water proofing cement compound of approved quality after applying two coats of polymer & sand plaster as per approved spcification over top of roof terrace including scraping and cleaning the roof surface, laying, plastering and finishing smooth to proper slope and gradient as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge including cost of all materials, conveyance, taxes and royalities, scaffolding, watering and curing all labour, sundries and T&P etc. complete.

175.00 Sqm

11 Providing 12mm thick cement plaster with cement mortar (1:4) using portland slag cement (PSC) to outside surface of brick masonry walls using including racking out joints to a depth of 12mm. Scrapping and cleaning the surface and finishing the plaster surface smooth to proper plumbs and level as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge including cost of all materials conveyance loading and unloading all taxes and royalities, all labour scaffolding watering and curing sundries and T&P etc. complete as per approved specification

i. Ground Floor 16.00 Sqm ii. First Floor 227.00 Sqm iii. 2nd Floor 32.70 Sqm

12 16mm thick cement plaster on the rough side of brick masonry wall with cement mortar of mix (1:4) using portland slag cement (PSC) with including racking out joints upto a depth of 12mm. Scraping and the surface and finishing the plaster surface smooth to proper plumbs and level as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge including cost of all materials, conveyance loading and unloading all taxes and royalities all labour scaffolding watering and curing sundries and T&P etc. complete as per approved specification.


13 Making grooves of 3 mm deep & 10mm wide on plaster surface at all joints of concrete & brick masonry as per the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

420.00 Rm

14 Providing 6 mm thick cement plaster with ceemnt mortar at mix (1:4) with portland slag cement (PSC) over a coat of cement to ceiling of roof slabs, stair, landings, chajja, shelf and lofts etc. including roughening chiseling, scraping and cleaning and finishing smooth as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge including cost of all materials, conveyance, taxes and royalities, scaffolding, watering and curing, sundries and T&P etc. complete

i. Ground Floor 552.61 Sqm ii. First Floor 386.15 Sqm

- 43 -

iii. 2nd Floor 53.70 Sqm 15 Supplying fitting and fixing 110mm dia PVC rain water

down pipe spouts of 500mm length including cutting holes in parapet making good to the damages in CC1:2:4 with portland slag cement (PSC) and 20mm size H.G. downgraded chips as per IS specifications and finished smooth complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge including cost of all materials with taxes and transportation all labour scaffolding, sundries T&P etc complete and as per approved specification.

63.00 Rm

16 Painting over plastering surfaces (exterior and interior) with two coats of water proof cement paint of approved quality and shade using the required quantity of paint as specified by the manufacturer to give an even shade including providing a cement washas primer and watering the surface before applying and curing for the required period as directed by the Engineer-in-charge including cost of all materials with taxes and transportation all labour scaffoldings, dundries T&P etc. complete as per approved specification.


17 Painting with approved quality and shade of paint conforming to IS on steel or wood work to give an even shade with two coats over an under coat of primer of suitable shade of approvd quality including cost of all materials with taxes and transportation all labour scaffoldings, dundries T&P etc. complete as per approved specification.

90.00 Sqm

18 Supplying and fixing SAL wood Chaukathas of different sizes for doors, windows, ventilaters including cost conveyance royality, taxes T&P materials and all labour etc. required for the work AND Coal tarring two coats to wood works (wall side surface of chaukaths) including cost of all labour and materials etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

1.25 Cum

19 Supplying and fixing 32mm size thick well seasoned hard wood panel shutter for Doors, Windows and Ventilator with 32mm thick style and rails 20mm thick panel including cost of stainless steel hinges and screws and aluminium aldrops, tower bolts, handles of approved quality size and make as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge with sand blocks and hinged cleats cost, conveyance, royality and taxes of all materials and labour etc. complete in all respects.

33.00 Sqm

20 Supplying and fixing MSWI clamp of 230mm X 25mm X 6mm size including cutting holes in walls and filling the grooves in M20 concrete with portland slag cement (PSC) and using 20mm. Downgraded BHG chips including watering, curing cost conveyance royality and taxes of all materials and labour etc, complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

104.00 No

- 44 -

21 Supplying, fitting and fixing of fixed MS grill for windows with 10 mm squre bar of approved design fitted with stainless steel screw to the window frame as per the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge with cost of material and all labour.

775.00 Kg

22 Fabricating and fixing MS Grill for main entrance in the stair case with 40 mm X 40 mm X 6 mm angle frame with double leaf and 10 mm square bars forming a square mesh including cost of all material, cost of welding rod with all labour etc. complete.

240.00 Kg

23 Providing fitting and fixing ventilators of size 600 mm x 300 mm with sal wood frame fully glazed loovers ( 4mm thick acrelic sheet) including cost all materials labour, taxes, conveniance etc. complete

1.05 Sqm

24 Providing 25mm t hick AS flooring in CC M -20 with portland slag cement (PSC) and using 20mm size downgraded as per IS specification BHG chips including laying concrete in pannels not exceeding 6 sqm and finishing the top surface with ceemnt punning including watering, curing cost of conveyance, royality and taxes of all materials and labour etc. required for the work and complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge and approved specification.

(A) Ground Floor 194.90 Sqm (B) First floor 218.79 Sqm

25 Providing Black Board of size 2m x 1.5m over brick walls with 20mm thick CP in (1:4) with portland slag cement (PSC) including applying 2 coat of black oxide with 25mm x 50mm border all round as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge watering curing cost conveyance royalty, taxes of all materials and labour etc. complete.

3.00 No

26 Fixing a Marble Plaque of size 5' X 2.5' X 1" (thick) with engraving informations for users as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

1.00 No

27 Conducting Pile Load Test on working pile including the cost of carriage & making arrangements for all materials required for the test and removal of the same after the completion of the test as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge etc complete.

1.00 No

27 (Thirty Six) items only

- 45 -

Bill of Quantities

PH work Package No.______ Sl.No. Description of Items Quantity

for 1 Buildings

Unit Rate (Rs.) In figures In Words

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 INTERNAL WATER SUPPLY & SANITARY

INSTALLATION

Supplying fitting, fixing with all materials, labour, taxes, T&P etc. Class-II gunmetal full way valve of approved make conforming to IS:778/84 and with ISI mark.

i. 40mm dia 1 One No. ii. 32mm dia 2 One No.

2 Supplying, fitting, fixing with all materials labour, taxes, T&P etc. C.P. fittings of approved make conforming to IS with ISI mark wherever available and of approved make.

i. 15mm Bib Cock short body 2 One No. ii. 15mm. Bib Cock long body 2 One No. iii. 25mm dia conceal stop cock 2 One No.

3 Supplying, fitting, fixing with all materials, labour, taxes, T&P etc. Wash hand basin of following type and size with a pair of C.I. Brackets, 32mm, dia CP waste with coupling with approved ISI marked 15mm dia CP pilar cock, 15mm dia CP angle stop cock with ISI mark 15mm dia x 450 mm PVC water connection and 32mm dia waste pipe with coupling as per direction of Engineer-in-charge white glazed earthen ware wash hand basin of size 550mm x 400mm.

2 One No.

4 Supplying fitting, fixing with all materials, labour, taxes, T&P etc. white glazed earthen ware type flat back standing urinal of approved make of minimum size 430mmx 360mm x 260mm fitted to wall, screwed on 75mm x 75mm x 75mm wooden blocks complete, including one 15mm dia CP angle stop cock and 15mm dia PVC connection pipe fixed to the urinal and 32mm dia PVC waste pipe with coupling all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

1 One No.

5 Supplying fitting fixing with all materials, labour, taxes T&P etc. white glazed earthen ware squatting pan of approved make as per specification, fixed on raised platform all complete as per direction Engineer in charge.

1 One No.

6 Supplying fitting fixing with all materials labour taxes T&P etc. white glazed earthen ware water closet of size 585 mm x 440 mm of approved make with WC ring with ISI mark including 110mm dia PVC P Trap including 10 ltr. capacity approved make ISI karked white colour PVC low level cistern with side inlet, side overflow, brackets with all internal fitting with 32mm PVC long flush bend, 15mm, CP angle stop cock of approved make with ISI mark and 15mm dia PVC water connection pipe etc. all complete.

2 One No.

7 Supplying fitting, fixing with all material, labour, taxes, T&P etc. of level edge mirror fixed type of size 450mm x 600mm and 5mm thick together with CP cap screw with 6mm thick AC black sheet of aproved make etc. complete.

2 One No.

- 46 -

8 Supplying fitting, fixing with all materials, labour, taxes, T&P etc of PVC soil waste and ventilating pipes with ISI mark and approved make with rubber ring joints and / or solution adhesive joints including all necessary fittings like bend tee, junction, cowl etc. as required to suit the site condition and carrying out the work in workmanlike manner as per direction and approval of Enginer-in-chage including making holes/cut in wall, floor, comice, chajja etc. at all levels through masonry / concrete wherever necessary and making good to the damages with necessary jointing materials fixing to columns wall with pipe clip and/or iron clamps, nailsat intervals of 750mm or part there of all complete including earthqork and refilling in pipeline trench in all kinds of soil and refilling with sand covering pipe 150mm all-round as per specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge etc. all complete.

i. 110mm dia (medium) 20 One Rm ii. 75mm dia (medium) 20 One Rm iii. 50mm dia (Heavy) 5 One Rm

9 Supplying fitting fixing with supply of all materials, labour taxes T&P etc. for providing PVC floor trap in all level with CP gratings etc. all complete of size 110mm dia as per the approval of Engineer-in-charge.

2 One No.

10 Supplying fitting fixing with all materials, labour, taxes, T&P etc. for constructing inspection chamber of inside measurement 750mm x 50mm x 600mm (depth) in (70 kg/sqcm compressive strength (70R)KB bricks with 250mm thick masonry wall in cement mortar (1:6) on all sides, bottom of the pit consisting of 100mm thick cement concrete M-20 grade mix using portland slag cement (cement content as per IS IS456-2000 for severe exposure condition) with hard granite crusher broken chips over a layer of jhama brick flat soiling 12mm thick (1:4) cement plaster to inside walls, pit providing necessary benching with cement concrete M-20 using portland slag ceemnt with black hard granite crusher broken chips including channeling and neat cement punning finishing smooth on entire internal surface cover with 100mm thick RCC slab with cement concrete M-30 with PSC with 12mm, hard granite crusher brocken chips and necessary reinforceemnt centering, shuttering with one 450mm dia man hole with RCC cover fitted and fixed with slab with necessary fitting arrangement including necessary earthwork in excavation in all kinds of soil and rock filling the sides of the pit with excavated earth, removing surplus earth after work is complete in all respects as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge

5 One No.

11 Supplying fitting, fixing with all materials, labour, taxes, T&P etc. and constructing brick masonry guilty trap chamber of inside size 300mm x 300mm x 225mm depth in 125mm thick (70R type) KB brick work in wall in all sides in cement mortar (1:4) over PCC M-20 using portland slag cement 100mm thick including necessary earthwork in excavation refilling cement plaster to all with 1:4 with neat cement punning to the inside surface AS flooring 25mm thick in the bottom with CI grating 225mm x 225mm and 150 x 100mm stone ware yard gully etc. complete.

4 One Rm

- 47 -

12 Supplying all materials labour T&P and providing succor drain size 3"x2" to 4"x3" in floor of lavatories to carry sludge of WHB and urinals with use of extra cement concrete M-20 CP (1:3) using portland slag cement with neat cement punning finished smooth with required slope as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.

6 One Rm

13 Supplying all materials labour T&P and providing 5" brick partition wall in 1st class KB brick with cement mortar (1:4) using portland slag cement with thick cement punning finished smooth.

1.5 Cum

14 Supplying fitting, fixing with all materials, labour, taxes T&P etc. of PVC pressure pipes of approved make confirming to IS-13592 with ISI mark of SCH-40 with necessary GI fittings (medium quality) like socket, bend, tee, union, elbow, nipple, long screw, reducing socket, reducing tees short piece etc. as required as per site conditions fitted with holder bat clamps / concealing to wall and cutting holes to take pipe line through including cutting pipes, making thread fiting, fixing etc. complete in all respect including cost of necessaryfittings jointing materials and two coats of painting of approved paint as required in any position above ground including testing of the pipes to required pressure etc. all complete

a) 15mm dia medium class 10 One Rm b) 20mm dia medium class 20 One Rm c) 25mm dia medium class 8 One Rm d) 40mm dia medium class 20 One Rm

15 Construction of Septic Tank 15.1 Earthwork in excavation of foundation in all kinds of soil

with following lead and lift including rought dressing and levelling, sloping the bid of septic tank as per direction of Engineer-in-charge including supply of all materials, labour, T&P etc. complete.

45 Cum

15.2 Supplying all labour, T&P fi lling foundation and plinth with filling sand well, watered and rammed etc. all complete as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge.

5 Cum

15.3 Supplying all materials, labour, T&P and providing CC M-15 using portland slag cement with 20mm BHG chips including watering, curring and conveyance of all materials to site.

2.8 One Cum

15.4 Supplying all materials, labour T&P and providing CC M-15 with portland slag cement with 12mm size hard black granite chips including watering, curing and lead of all materials to site etc.all complete.

5.5 One Cum

15.5 Supplying all materials, labour T&P and providing CC M-30 with portland slag cement for RCC work (cement content as per IS 456-2000 for severe exposure conditon) using 12mm hard black granite chips including hoisting, laying, curing and conveyance of all materials to site etc. complete.

1.45 One Cim

15.6 Supplying all materials, labour T&P and providng CRS-42 reinforceemnt for RCC work including cutting, bending and binding and tying the grills and placing in position including cost of binding wire 16 SWG conforming to IS 280 - 1978.

2 One Qtl

15.7 Rigid and smooth level centering and shuttering for RCC works including dismentaling after casting including cost of materials in ground floor

15.5 One Sqm

- 48 -

15.8 Supplying all materials labour, T&P and providng 1st class KB brick work in CM (1:4) using portland slag cement in foundation septic tank including curing, lead of all materials to site.

10 One Cum

15.9 Supplying all materials labour T&P and providing 12mm thick cement plaster (1:4) using portland slag cement with punning inside wall including watering, curing and conveyance of all materials to site.

48 One Sqm

15.10 Supplying all materials labour T&P and fitting and fixing 20mm dia MS / CI step iron painted with black anticorrosive paint complete as per IS specification.

2 One No.

15.11 Supplying all materials labor T&P and fitting and fixing of SW TEE confirming to IS specification 1538 (Part-XIX) of 150 mm nominal dia (150 mm X 125 mm) complete (Earthwark in trenches, jointing of pipes over the base CC 1:4:8) as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge etc.

2 One No.

15.12 Supplying all materials, labour, T&P for constructing vent pipe base with CC 1:4:8 and 150 mm dia SW pipe of required length as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge etc. all complete.

4 Rm

15.13 Supplying all materials, labour T&P and providng 50mm thick hanging baffle or screen wall with RCC M-30 grade mix using portland slag cement (cement content as IS 456-2000 for severe exposure condition) and using 12mm size hard grantie chips with expanded metal etc. complete including cutting grooves and mending good to damages.

1 Cum

15.14 Supplying and fixing RCC M-30 grade mix using portland slag cment (cement content as per IS 456-2000 for severe exposure conditon) manhole cover of 50cm size on top slab of septic tank including use of excess cement concrete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

2 One No.

15.15 Supplying and providing all materials and fixing 100mm, HCI vent pipe 2m high with cowl duly painted two coat on top slab of septic tank.

1 One No.

16 Supplying and providing SW pipe loose jointed joining septic tank to soak pit 150mm dia SW pipe.

5 One Rm

17 Supplying constructing and providing soak pit size 1.80 mtr. Dia and of 2.60 mtr depth with brick masonry ( 1:4) using portland slag cement for top 30cm and loose filed brick walling rest portion and filled with brick bats 40mm size and covered with 60mm thick RCC slab of M-30 grade mix using portland slag cement (cement content as per IS 456-2000 for severe exposure condition) all complete as per specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge.

1 One No.

18 Supplying all materials laboru T&P and laying SW pipe sewer line earth work in excavation in pipeline tre nch laying and aligning pipeline in proper gradient over bed concrete M-20 grade mix using portland slag cement (cement content as per IS 456-2000 for severe exposure condition) over sand filling of 300mm depth jointing pipeline in gasket and cement mortar 1:1 and encasing the pipe line haunch toped in cement concrete 1:3:6 with 25 to 40mm size hard black granite chips with use of side rail and testing the pipeline etc. as per PH specification and direction of Engineer-in-charge.

10 One Mtr.

- 49 -

Total 18 (Eighteen) Items C EXTERNAL WATER SUPPLY 19 Sinking tube wells 150 / 100 mm dia

19.1 Supplying all materials, equipments, labour & conducting reconnaissance survey, integrated Hydrological and Geophysical (Electrical Resistivity Method) survey & selection of potential source for exploration of ground water including selection and recommendation of site for drilling wells in selected villages in any part of Orissa under the following Geological formation. Coastal alluvial terrain up to 270.00 mtrs.

01 No. 01 No.

19.2 Supplying all materials, labour, T&P and drilling a perfectly vertical bore hole of specified dia. for a specified depth below ground level through consolidated / unconsolidated rock , coastal alluvium with sophisticated rig as per requirement as required to suit the site condition as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge including supply of rig and all other equipments and drilling pipes with it’s accessories , T&P and consumables etc. For lowering of 150mm./100mm. Dia. PVC pipe conforming to ASTM SCH-80 for housing fitted with socket and with or without well screen as per the necessity for soft, medium, hard and boulders clay/ alluvial soil/ sand layer formation (PVC casing pipes if required to prevent collapse of overburden is to be provided by the contractor including lowering and withdrawing after completion of the tube well).

(A(A(A(A) 200mm. dia. to 400mm. dia. in overburden portion including packing of gravel supplied by the contractor for 400mm. dia. bore only. From 0.00 mtr. to 30.00 mtr.

30.00 mtrs.

Mtr.

(B)(B)(B)(B) 200mm. dia. to 400mm. dia. From 30.00 mtr. to 45.00 mtr.

15.00 mtrs.

Mtr.

(C)(C)(C)(C) 200mm. dia. to 400mm. dia. Beyond 45.00 mtr. until further required depth as per VES test.

125.00 mtrs.

Mtr.

19.3 Supplying all materials for the following size PVC housing pipe with slotted pipe as per the necessity from ground level up to the required depth fitted and fixed up in perfectly vertical position including cutting and threading of pipes and slotted pipes and supplying and fixing all jointing materials, T&P etc. Complete and keeping the top of casing pipe threaded including plugging tube wells to

- 50 -

prevent entry of foreign materials as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge based on actual field condition.

(i)(i)(i)(i) 150mm. dia. PVC casing pipes (from 0.00 mtr. to 30.00 mtr.).

30.00 mtrs.

Mtr.

(ii(ii(ii(ii) 100mm. dia. PVC casing pipes (beyond 30.00 mtr. up to the required depth).

140.0 mtrs.

Mtr.

19.4 Supplying all labour, T&P and lowering the following size PVC housing pipe with slotted pipe as per the necessity from ground level up to required depth fitted and fixed upon perfectly vertical position including cutting and threading of pipes and slotted pipes and supplying and fixing all jointing materials, T&P etc. All complete and keeping the top of casing pipe threaded including plugging tube wells to prevent entry of foreign materials as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge based on actual field condition.

(i(i(i(i) 100mm. dia. PVC casing pipes (beyond 30.00 mtr. up to the required depth).

140.00 mtrs.

Mtr.

(ii(ii(ii(ii) 150mm. dia. PVC casing pipes up to 30.00 mtr.

30.00 mtrs.

Mtr.

19.5 Supplying all materials, labour, T&P and cleaning and developing the tube well with their own compressors continuously worked till clear and adequate discharge is obtained from the tube well including supply and use of all necessary equipments and labour as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.

1 No. 1 No.

19.6 Sanitary sealing in the tube well for a depth of 5.00mtr. from the G.L. with C.C.(1:2:4) with cost of all materials, labour and T&P complete as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge.

1 No. 1 No.

19.7 Saline sealing the tube well for a depth of 5.00mtr. with C.C.(1:2:4) including cost of all materials, labour and T&P complete as per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge.

1 No. 1 No.

- 51 -

19.8 Supplying all materials, labour, T&P and installing a submersible pump and motor capacity (0.75 H.P.) with ISI mark in the tube well, fitting and fixing pump to PVC column pipes and lowering with cables connected from pump to starter in first floor including supply of pump, connecting cable fastener, electrical panel board etc. And testing the installation with trial run for four hours for one week (all materials except PVC column pipe and fitting to be supplied by the contractor pre-approved by the Engineer-in-charge).

1 No. 1 No.

20 Sinking of s hallow well tube well of 50/40 mm dia GI / PVC / MS with hand pump

20.1 Supplying all materials, equipments, labour and conducting ronnaissance survey, integrated Hydrological and Geographical (Electrical Resistivity Method) survey and selection of potential source for exploration of ground water including selection of site for boring tube wells in selected villages in coastal district of Orissa in alluvial formation. Coastal Alluvial terrain upto 30 mtrs.

20.2 Supplying all materials labour T&P and boring a perfectly vertical bore hole of dia given below for a specified depth below ground level through consolidated / unconsolidated rock coastal alluvium hand boring as per requirment as required to suit the site condition as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge including supply boring pipes with its accessories, T&P and consumables etc. for lowering of 40mm / 50mm dia GI/PVC/MS pipes for housing fitted withsocket and with or without well screen as per the necessity for soft,medium, hard and boulder clay / alluvial soil / sand layer formation (GI/PVC/MS) casing pipes if required to prevent collapse of over burden is to be provided by the contractor including lowering and withdrawing after completion of the tube well.)

a) 150mm dia to 400mm dia in over burden portion including packing of gravel supplied by the contractor for 400mm dia bore only.

i) 50mm dia 0 mtr. To 3 mtrs. ii) 40mm dia 3 mtr to 30 mtr.

20.3 Supplying all materials labour T&P and lowering the following size PVC housing pipe with slotted pipe as per the necessity from ground level upto required mtr. Depth & fitted and fixed up on perfectly vertical position including cutting and threading of pipes and slotted pipes and supplying and fixing all jointing materials T&P etc. all complete and keeping the top of casing pipe threaded including plugging tube wells to prevent entry of foreign materials as per direction of Engineer-in-charge based on actual field condition (40mm / 50mm) dia GI/PVC/Ms casing pipe (All materials required for work including pipes and fittings pre approved by Engineer-in-charge to be supplied by the contractor).

i) From 0 mtr to 3 mtrs 50mm dia ii) Beyond 3 mtr. To 30 mtrs 40mm dia.

- 52 -

20.4 Supplying all materials labour T&P and cleaning and developing the tube well with their own compressor by manually or by power pump continously worked till clear and adequate discharge is obtained from the tube well including supply and use of all necessary equipments and labour as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

20.5 Supplying and providing vertical GI pipe 50mmdia screwed over well to 4 mtrs height up to projected RCC slab to fix hand pump on it as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

20.6 Supplying fitting, fixing hand pump with bolt nut and check valve required with trial pumping for 6 hrs continuosly.

20.7 Supplying all materials, labour T&P and constructing washing platform on projected slab 3" high brick wall all round in cement mortar (1:4) AS flooring in M-20 with cement plaster (1:3) using portland slag cement (cement content as per IS 456-2000 for severe exposure condition) and neat cement punning as per specification and direction of the Engineer-in-charge.

21 Supplying all materials labour T&P and installing a submersible pump and motor capacity (1.5 HP) 1.1 KW with ISI mark in the tube well, fitting andfixing pump to GI/MS column pipes and lowering with cables connected from pump to starter in first floor including supply of pump, connecting cable fastener, electrical pannel board etc and testing the installation with trial run for hours for one week (All materials except GI / MS column pipe and fitting tobe supplied by contractor pre approved by Enginer-in-charge.

22 Supplying a 5 KW Generator set with ISI mark or of renowned make to start with petrol and kerosene run with supply of all other fitting like plug adopter wire for permanent arrangement of connection to house installation during failure of public energy supply, warranty for one year, test certificate, 4 hours trial run daily for one week with supply of fuel and testing of the set with measurement of the output by instrument supplied by the contractor (Technical details like make, capacity, efficiency etc. to be furnished with the offer).

22 (Twenty Two) items only

- 53 -

Bill of Quantities

Construction of Multi -Purpose Cyclone Shelter Building under World Bank funding Package No.______ Electrical Works

Sl. No. Description of Work Unit Quan-

tity

Rate in Rs.

Amount in Rs.

1 Wiring

1.1 Wiring to light, exhaust fan, ceiling fan & 5 A plug points with 1.5sqmm PVC insulated 1100 volt grade multistranded copper conductor wire for phase, neutral & earth continuity conductor and loop earth to fitting & fixture run inside 2mm thick PVC conduit pipe recessed in wall/ column/ ceiling of the building including supply of materials such as flush type switches, sheet metal switch board with bakelite cover, wire, ceiling rose, angle / batten holder, junction box etc complete with making good the damages caused as required and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(a) Single light point controlled by one 5A switch or first light point of group control. Nos 46.0

(b) Subsequent light point in group control. Nos 18.0 (c) Ceiling fan point with supply & fixing of ceiling

fan hook made of 10mm steel round bar. (Space shall be provided for installation of electronics type stepped fan regulator)

Nos 14.0 (d) Exhaust fan point Nos 2.0 (e) 5A plug on same board Nos 12.0 (f) 5A plug on separate board Nos 5.0

1.2 Supply, delivery, installation & testing of 5/15 A plug boards consisting of a 15 amp flush type switch and plug socket fixed on sheet metal switch board including interconnections and making good the damages caused complete as required and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Nos 1.0

- 54 -

1.3 Wiring for circuits & submain with following number & sizes of PVC insulated 1100 volt grade multistranded copper conductor wire run inside 2mm thick PVC conduit pipe recessed in ceiling/ column/ walls of building including supply of all materials such as wires, conduit, junction box & pull box etc complete with making good the damages caused as required and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(a) 2 numbers single core 2.5 sqmm copper wire

for phase & neutral and 1 number single core 1.5 sqmm copper wire for earth continuity conductor.

Metre 200.0 (b) 2 numbers single core 4.0 sqmm copper wire

for phases & neutral and 1 number single core 2.5 sqmm copper wire for earth continuity conductor.

Metre 5.0 1.4 Supply & fixing of telephone outlet boards

containing a flush type telephone cord outlet fixed on sheet steel box including laying of PVC conduit pipes only and making good the damages caused complete as required and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Nos 1.0 1.5 Supply & fixing of TV antenna socket outlet

boards containing a flush type type TV antenna socket fixed on shet steel box including laying of PVC conduit pipes only and making good the damages caused complete as required and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. Nos 1.0

2 Cable:- 2.1 Supply, laying & testing of following size of

PVC insulated, PVC sheathed, round/strip armoured aluminium conductor power cable of 1100 volt grade clamped on surface of wall/ column/ existing RCC/ stone ware/ masonry cable trench/ cable trey/ through G.I. pipe/ hume pipe as the case may be, including cost of saddles/ clamps/ markers etc but excluding the cost of G. I. pipe/ hume pipe and cable end termination compete with making good the damages caused and returning the balance unused cables to stores as required and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

- 55 -

(a) 2 core x 6 sqmm AYWY (For power supply to Pump) Metre 40.0

2.2 Supply of materials and making end termination with brass double compression cable glands and bi-metallic crimping type cable lugs for PVC insulated & PVC sheathed aluminium conductor armoured power cable of 1100 volt grade of the following sizes complete as required and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(a) 2 core x 6 sqmm AYWY (For power supply to

Pump) Nos 2.0 3 Distribution Boards

3.1 Supply, delivery, installation, testing & commissioning of L.T. indoor wall mounted type meter boards made out of 1.6-mm thick CR sheet metal cubicle, duly acid treated for derusting, primered and painted with 2 coats of enamel paint of approved shade; having tamper proof locking and sealing arrangement; provision for cable/ conduit entry, earthing studs as per specification mentioned below duly factory wired conforming to the relevant ISS and as per special conditions of contract making good the damages caused complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(a) Meter Board: - 1 No 10-40A three phase 4 wire 415 volt

tested KWH meter in separate tamper-proof enclosure with 3 Nos.32A, 415V rewireable fuse for phases including meter loop connection to MDB complete in allrespect.

Set 1.0 (b) Main Distribution Board (MDB): - Incoming : 1 No 32 Amp FP Change-Over

switch followed by 1No.32A FP MCB Busbar: 4 Nos 50A, 500V Electrolytic copper

strips Outgoing: 18 Nos 6-10A Amp SP MCB 1set: LED type R-Y-B phase indicating lamps

with control fuses Set 1.0 4 Earthing

- 56 -

4.1 Supply of materials and installation of pipe earth electrode made out of 50mm dia class B G.I. pipe of 3.0 metre long with arrangements for fitting/ termination of G.I. flat / wire with G. I. nut bolts & washers including cost of burnt wood charcoal, salt, foreign soil, water pouring arrangements, brick masonary enclosure on top with removable RCC cover complete with labour for excavation of pit in all kinds of soil & rock as required and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Nos 2.0 4.2 Supply of materials and laying under ground /

floor / wall including making end termination and testing of 6 swg G.I. wire for loop earthing of equipments, switch boards & panels as required complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Metre 50.0 5 Fittings & Fixtures

5.1 Supply, delivery, installation and testing of following types of incandescent bulb fitting on wall/ ceiling/ column of building including supply of 60 watt GLS lamps, complete fitting and making connection from the suitable point outlet complete as required and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(a) Incandescent bulb of required wattage not

exceeding 60 watt on existing angle holder/ batten holder Nos 6.0

(b) Bulk head fitting complete with cast aluminium base plate, porcelain holder, glass cover, wire mesh guarding with locking arrangement suitable for use with 60 watt GLS lamp Nos 12.0

(c) 225mm dia ceiling flush fitting with 115 mm projection complete with milky glass drum, chromium plated/ anodised aluminium base plate of suitable size, bulb holder etc suitable for use with 60 watt GLS lamp similar to DECON Cat No 03AS or equivalent.

Nos 15.0

- 57 -

5.2 Supply, delivery, installation and testing of following types of fluorescent tube fixtures directly on wall / ceiling of building with all accessories such as copper ballast, lamps, stove enamelled box, perpex sheet cover etc complete assembly including supply & fixing of teak wood round block and making connection from the suitable point outlet as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(a) 1 x 40 watt box type fitting similar to Philips

Catalogue No - TMC 501/ 136 HPF Nos 11.0 5.3 Supply, delivery, installation & testing of all

types of fluorescent tube fixtures to be suspended from the ceiling of building by providing 2 numbers 16 swg m.s. conduit down rods upto 600 mm long with wall sockets complete with all accessories such as copper ballast, glow starter, power factor improvement condensor and fluorescent tube lights, stove enamelled box, perpex sheet cover etc complete assembly including supply & fixing of m.s. conduit down rod, ball sockets, making connection from suitable point outlet, making good the damages caused complete as required and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(a) 1 x 40 watt box type fitting similar to Philips

Catalogue No - TMC 501/ 136 HPF Nos 20.0 5.4 Supply, delivery, installation and testing of

following sweeps of a.c. ceiling fan complete with fan blades, down rod, canopies, capacitor etc including supply of sundry materials, making connection from the suitable point outlet but excluding cost of fan regulator complete as required and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

(a) 1400 mm sweep Nos 2.0 (b) 1200 mm sweep Nos 12.0 5.5 Supply, delivery, installation & testing of

300W electronic type stepped fan regulator fixed on existing sheet metal switch board including interconnections and making good the damages caused complete as required and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Nos 14.0

- 58 -

5.6 Supply, delivery, installation & testing of 300mm sweep, 900 rpm exhaust fans suitable for operation at 250 volt, 50 Hz, a.c. supply complete with a set of propeller blade, tripod leg for mounting of motor, ring frame, blades, gravity louvre complete assembly including making hole of suitable size for housing of exhaust fan, making connection from suitable point outlet, making good the damages caused complete as required and as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. Nos 2.0

Total in Rs:

- 59 -

Cyclone Shelter Building under World Bank funding- Electrical Works

Sl. No. Items in brief Unit Qty. Rate in Rs. Amount in Rs .

1 Wiring to light point Rm 2 Wiring to fan point Rm 3 Wiring to exaust fan point Rm 4 Wiring to plug point Rm 5 Tube light Nos 6 Ceiling Fan Nos 7 Exaust fan Nos 8 angle holder Nos 9 D.P. Main switch Nos 10 T.P.N. Main switch Nos 11 T.P.N. Main switch Nos 12 S.V. Lamp Nos 13 Earthing Rm 14 Wiring to sub-main 2 x 25 Rm 15 Wiring to sub-main-2 x 4 Rm 16 Wiring to sub-main 2 x 10 Rm 17 B.D.B. 18 Service connection Rm

- 60 -

C. Economic and Financial Analysis

These cyclone shelters will function as socio-economic hubs at the village

level. During normal time these shelters can be used as community halls, training

centers, schools etc. The cyclone shelter as well as the all weather approach

road will cater the economic need of the community, by providing connectivity to

the nearest market place.

The project aims at constructing 28,000 SqFt of safe shelter space with a

total cost of Rs.13.89 crore only. It aims at saving lives of around 14,000 people

@ 2 SqFt standing space per person during disasters. Human life is precious.

Actual cost of saving 1 life can not be evaluated monetarily.

For every loss of life in a disaster Rs. 1.00 lakh is normally paid as ex-

gratia to the next of the kin of the deceased. At a conservative estimate, cost of

ex-gratia for 14,000 people whose lives are likely to be saved comes to-

14,000 x 1,00,000=140.00 core per year

The average life span of a building is about 100 years. So the total

economic benefit involved in it goes up to several thousand crores.

D. Environmental & Social Assessments

The implementation project will not have any bearing on ecology and

environment of the locality. Since the buildings will be constructed in vacant


any economic activity. All the shelters will be constructed outside the Coastal

Regulation Zone and ecological sensitive area. The project area is not included in

any proposed developed area. The design and constructions will be consistence

with the surrounding landscape. The construction activity will involve only minor

building foundation excavation which will be filled up with sand after the

construction. The project will not also influence the flora or fauna of the locality

in any way.

- 61 -

Since the project involve the construction of cyclone shelters and the

same will be used as schools during normal times, it will not involve any

hazardous activities, storage or use of any harmful substances or any waste

emission. The detail of environment impact assessment study has been given at

page-11 to 14.

Social Assessments

Since the project does not involve any land acquisition of private land and

any displacement of any men and material no R & R Plan, land acquisition plan

and schedule will be required. The detail of social impact assessment study has

been given at page-11 to 14.

Details of community consultations and agreements

No community consultation or agreement is to be made because the project

does not involve any acquisition of private and community property. The location

of the shelter building will be within the premises of existing school buildings.

During normal times the building will be used for school activities.

E. Implementation Arrangement & Schedule

i) Proposed implementation management process

The Project will be implemented by the Orissa State Disaster Mitigation

Authority under the overall supervision of the Project Steering Committee in

close coordination with the Government Departments concerned and the

Collectors of the coastal districts. The Executive Engineer of Line Department /

PSUS Govt. of Orissa will function as “Engineer”. He, as well as his technical staff

will look to the day-to-day supervision of the quality and quantity, as was done

for the World Bank funded OWRCP works. Necessary field tests as per the

specification are to be conducted by the contractor and entered in the register.

The supervising staff of line department will check the register and they may also

conduct some of the tests themselves to satisfy about the correctness.

- 62 -

ii) Quality control procedures, third party checking requirements, need for hiring consultants

Quality Monitoring Consultants will be engaged by the OSDMA, who will

be senior Engineers having experience in such type of work. These consultants

will visit the site and check the quality themselves from time to time. They will

also test check themselves the materials, compaction etc. with the help of the

technical assistants provided to them. Engineers and consultants of OSDMA will

function as the 3rd audit check. Before any payment is released on the works

measured, quality is to be ascertained through consultants of OSDMA. Managing

Director, OSDMA will sanction any deviation, extra items etc. if required. The

National Council for Cement and Building Materials may be engaged to have

further check wherever is felt necessary by M.D., OSDMA.

The arrangement followed earlier for the World Bank funded cyclone

reconstruction project shall be adopted for this project.

iii) Implementing Agencies- Roles and Responsibilities

The site engineers of OSDMA will be looking after the day today works at

site including maintenance of Site Registers Quality Control Registers etc. The

Executive Engineers of Works Department working in OSDMA will supervise the

construction works and ensure that proper quality is maintained and required

tests are conducted in the field and some times they will conduct field tests at

site to verify and satisfy themselves that the works are qualitative The Executive

Director (Projects) OSDMA will function as ‘Engineer’ as per the contract He will

also inspect the works and check the quality. The Engineering Consultants of

OSDMA will inspect the sites and check the quality of the works and the field test

Registers etc He will also conduct field tests to satisfy himself about good quality

works. He may also suggest any deviation required as per site condition to the

‘Engineer’ The Managing Director OSDMA will be ’Employer’ as per the contract,

approve deviations, payment etc.

Measurements of all works will be taken and recorded by the site

engineers, which will be check measured by the General Managers(Executive

- 63 -

Engineers of Works Deptt.). The bills will be prepared by the Site Engineers and

checked by the General Managers (Executive Engineers of Works Deptt.), before

submission to the Executive Director (Projects). The Executive Director

(Projects), before transmission to the finance division, obtain quality certificate

from the Engineering Consultant OSDMA (3rd party Quality audit). In the finance

wing, bills will be checked by the auditors and then by the Accounts officer / Sr

Accountant and finally by the Financial Advisor, of OSDMA and passed by the

Employer. Further Internal Audit, Statutory Audit as well as External Audit are

done regularly in OSDMA.

iv) Staffing Plan-

OSDMA has its own set of officers in all categories i.e. Administrative,

engineering, financial and other ministerial staff. One shelter Coordinator has

also been engaged to coordinate and facilitate site selection, social mobilization,

formation of Cyclone Shelter Management and Maintenance Committees

(CSMMC) and handing over and functioning of the shelter. The salaries and

other administrative expenses will be charged from the project to the tune of the

5% of the project cost.

v) Procurement and implementation plans

All procurements will be done by inviting competitive bids as per the

world bank norm. Qualification criteria of the bider will be fixed as per the type

of agreement that is W1& W2. as per the requirement of each type of work. Bid

evaluation committee will be formed in OSDMA for examination of the bids and

bids will be accepted as per the recommendation of the evaluation committee.

vi) Implementation schedule

Preparation of detail estimate 1 month

Selection of site, detail survey of site, preparation of site plan, 2 month

Soil exploration, 2 month

Finalisation of design 1 month

- 64 -

issue of work order 15 days

approach road,

Completion of the project and other miscellaneous 3 months

activities including handing over

capacity building and IEC activities 3 years

F. O & M Planning

• Operational Plans for assets designed Sustainable maintenance and management of MCS would be possible

through community participation. Built along costal villages, MCS are likely to

suffer more than the usual wear and tear due to their close proximity to the sea.

Sustainable maintenance of these MCS can be ensured through active

participation of the local communities in their management. Community-based

management of MCS would strengthen people’s sense of ownership necessary

for sustainable management. Community participation in MCS management will

also enable effective utilization of these facilities for community-based disaster

preparedness activities. To ensure sustainable maintenance of these structures,

community management teams will be formed and imparted managerial training.

In this light, OSDMA has drawn its plans for formation and capacity building of

community-based Cyclone Shelter Management and Maintenance Committees

(CSMMCs).

• Maintenance requirement & estimate of O & M costs

Although these buildings are constructed near the coast line the damages

will more due to saline action but the specification of construction have been

Invitation of bid 1 month

finalisation of bid 1 month

Drawal of agreement 15 days

Construction of cyclone shelters 2 years

up to ground floor roof and

- 65 -

strengthened by adopting principles of durable assets. There by the annual

maintenance cost could be reduced to the minimum.

CSMMCs will be entrusted with maintenance of MCS. The committee will

collect suitable maintenance fees from the users by putting them to use for

social functions and community based cultural activities. Besides a Corpus Fund

@ 2.00 lakh per shelter will be provided to the CSMMCs to strengthen them for

maintenance of the buildings. The CSMMC will not need assistance for 1st 5

years, after which they will be self sufficient to maintain the building. The Corpus

Fund money will be deposited by OSDMA in fixed deposit schemes in the nearest

Bank in the joint account of the CSMMC with a LOCK-IN system. The committee

cannot withdraw the principal amount for a minimum period of 10 years and

without prior permission of OSDMA. They can only utilize the annual interest

accrued on the deposit and can spend along with the users fees collected

towards maintenance of the MCS with proper accounting. A corpus fund of

Rs.2.00 lakh per shelter has been provided in the project proposal.

• Plans for O & M

1 First five years no major repair required. 2. Corpus fund of Rs.2.00 lakh locked in a fixed

deposit scheme for five years. This will accrue an interest of Rs.1.00 lakh

3. From 6th year the total money will be Rs.3.00 lakh.

This will accrue an interest of Rs.30,000.00

4. Proposed collection from the economic use of the shelter for the first five years.

Approximately Rs.10,000.00

5. Total fund available for maintenance at the end of 6th year.

Rs.40, 000.00, which may be adequate for maintenance.

6. Any major repair required in between will be borne by OSDMA.

The State Government/OSDMA will take up major repair & maintenance

works as and when required. CSMMC will be entrusted with the duty of day to

day normal maintenance. Detailed frame work etc. for O & M has been given at

page-15 to 20.

- 66 -

• Equipment & Tools

A number of shelter equipment such as free kitchen utensil abstract about

siren search and rescue kits etc. which will not equal any normal maintenance

other equipments such as generator, submersible pump etc. which will required

annual maintenance, will be covered under annual maintenance contract with the

suppliers.

Skills to be built up, manpower to be hired, outsourcing contractors to be hired, systems to be established (MIS, accounting, asset management etc.)

OSDMA has experienced and expertise in constructing Cyclone Shelters.

OSDMA has already constructed 97 Cyclone Shelters & is in process of

constructing 41 more Shelters. Hence, no further skills to be built up. OSDMA will

implement as well as maintain the assets with its existing technical manpower

and the equipment will be maintained by the original suppliers as per the AMC

(Annual maintenance contract).

The CSMMC will remaining charge of the management and maintenance of

the building and equipment. The members of the committee will be trained on

the accounting procedure, asset management who will furnish the reports to

OSDMA and management information system will be maintained in OSDMA.

Financial Management Frame Work:– OSDMA has adopted a strong

financial management system to account for and monitor the utilization of funds.

An integrated computerized financial management system has been developed

for the project. The tally double entry accounting system has been introduced

w.e.f. 01.04.2003 in OSDMA. Further a detailed operation manual has been

prepared which less down the ground rules for flow of fund, accounting including

accounting for line departments, financial reporting standards & audit

arrangement including the TOR of the auditors. This operation manual such as a

guide to the accounting & operating staff.

Fund Flow and Disbursement Arrangement: - The funds flow directly

from the funding agency to OSDMA. For all components the OSDMA does not

- 67 -

give any advances to the line departments. As per the procedure, on passing of

the bills by the line departments, the line departments forward the necessary

papers to OSDMA for release of payments through cheques. OSDMA prepares

cheques in the name of Contractors & sends the cheques to the related line

departments. The concerned line departments hand over the cheques to the

contractors. The entire support for the payment is retained at OSDMA and these

are subject to Audit.

Accounting Policies & Procedure :- The accounting system of OSDMA is

maintained through Tally Accounting System which is entirely computerized. On

the basics of the scrutiny & proposal by the project section headed by Executive

Director (Project), the bills submitted are scrutinized by the Finance Branch. After

that the Internal Auditor scrutinize the bills which are then recommended for

payment. All the payments are released after the approval of Managing Director,

OSDMA or competent authority.

The accounts are maintained through Tally Accounting System by computers.

The cheques are generated after the entry of payment to the party. The cheques

are signed by two Officers of OSDMA. The cheques are delivered to the parties

or to the line departments after the receipt of the money receipt. Every payment

is supported by the vouchers which are again scrutinized by the Internal Auditor.

Staffing and Capacity Building :- There are five persons in the Finance

Branch of OSDMA, out of which there is One Deputy General Manger, (F&A),

Two Accountant, One Junior Accounts Assistant and One Computer Operator.

One Accountant maintains the entire computerized Tally Accounting System. The

other Accountant scrutinizes the files for payment, maintains the stock register

etc. The Accountant also scrutinizes the contract bills forwarded by line

department and project section for payment. He is assisted by the Junior

Accounts Assistance for scrutinize the bills. The computerized system & Tally

accounting procedure help in the capacity building of the accounting procedures

of OSDMA.

- 68 -

Financial Reporting :- The expenditures incurred under different

projects are reported to the Govt. of India/ Financing Agency / Principals in

regular interval. Further on the basis of the expenditure incurred under different

projects the utilization certificates are submitted to Govt. of India / concerned

Financing Agency. The progress report of the different works undertaken are

also reported to Principal / Financial Agency in regular interval. The different

financial activities and statements are reflected in the Annual Statutory Audit

Report and also in the monthly Audit Report of Internal Auditor.

Internal Control Mechanisms: - The bills received from the line

department are scrutinized by the project branch and finance branch of OSDMA

before payment. The internal auditor scrutinizes the bills and examines whether

the proposals for payment are according to the operation manual and guidelines.

Further the expenditures are examined on monthly basis to see whether the

expenditures are according to provisions or not.

Audit Arrangement: - OSDMA has got two types of Audit, namely, (i)

financial audit, (ii) quality and procurement audits to verify that the activities

financed under the component followed the eligibility criteria and are

implemented in an efficient manner. These audit are conducted by independent

auditors.

The statutory audits are completed by the statutory auditors appointed by

OSDMA relating to a financial year. The objective of this audit of financial

management system is to express a professional opinion on the financial position

of OSDMA of the funds received and expenditure for the concerned accounting

period as well as express an opinion on the Statement of Expenditure and give

opinion that the books of accounts maintained reflect the financial transactions

and provide the basis for preparation of financial statements of the OSDMA.

The internal auditors are appointed by OSDMA and they are involved in the

day to day financial activities of OSDMA. The internal auditors scrutinize the bills

proposed for sanction and see whether the proposals are according to the

operational manual and guidelines or not. They also scrutinize the payment

- 69 -

vouchers after payment. They submit the monthly internal audit report of the

financial activities of OSDMA.

The A.G. audit party conducts the annual audit of OSDMA in regular basis and

submit the Preliminary Objection Memos (P.O.M.). The compliances to these

P.O.M.s are submitted to the audit party and discussion of the objection are also

taken up at the presence of the audit party. Further the OSDMA also submit

compliances to A.G. audit report and Public Accounts Committee whenever it is

required.

• Cost of O & M, revenue recovery plans, proposed tariffs, subsidy levels :

As indicated in O & M Plan above at point F above. The cost of operation

maintains will be obtain corpus fund, users fund etc. The revenue so collected

from the users fund should be take into account as per proper procedure and all

expenditure on the maintenance will be maintain with the CSMMC and OSDMA

will check their accounting procedure etc. The tariff for the use of the shelter for

different purposes at different location will be fixed by the CSMMC as per the

local conditions and approved in their resolution. The subsidy if any, declared by

Government from time to time will be given effect to.

G. Service Level Monitoring

A service level monitoring will be done by OSDMA by deputing respective

technical officers. This system is at present followed and we have so far

managing more than 100 Cyclone Shelters successfully. The same practice will

continue for this project also.

No further monitoring requirement will be necessary and this can be

managed with our existing system and manpower.

H. Capacity Building Requirements

For Capacity Building, the Officers of OSDMA may be deputed to IIT, Rurkee,

Financial Management Institution, Hyderabad, exposure visit to Gujarat, Andhra

Pradesh.

- 70 -

PART III – BID DOCUMENTS

SECTION 1: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Table of Clauses Sl. No.

Sl. No.

A. General D Submission of Bids 1. Scope of Bid 19 Sealing and Marking of Bids 2. Source of Funds 20 Deadline for Submission of Bids

3. Eligible Bidders 21 Late Bids

4. Qualification of the Bidders 22 Modification and withdrawal of Bids

5. One Bid per Bidder E. Bid Opening and Evaluation

6. Cost of Bidding 23 Bid opening 7. Site visit 24 Process to be confidential B. Bidding documents 25 Clarification of Bids 8. Content of Bidding Documents 26 Examination of Bids and

Determination of Responsiveness 9. Clarification of Bidding Documents 27 Correction of Errors 10. Amendment of Bidding Documents 28 Currency of Bid Evaluation C. Preparation of Bids 29 Evaluation and comparison of Bids 11 Language of Bids 30 Preference for Domestic Bidders 12 Documents Comprising the Bid F. Award of Contract 13 Bid Prices 31. Award Criteria 14 Currencies of bid and payment 32 Engineer’s Right to Accept any Bid

and to Reject any of all bids 15 Bid Validity 33 Notification of Award 16 Bid security 34 Performance Security 17 Alternative Proposals by Bidders 35 Advance payment and Security 18 Format and signing of Bid

- 71 -

A- GENERAL 1. Scope of Bid

1.1 Executive Director(Projects), Orissa State Disaster Mitigation Authority

(OSDMA), Bhubaneswar (referred to as Engineer in these documents) invites

bids for the construction of works detailed in the table given in IFB. The

bidders may submit bids for any or all of the works detailed in the table given

in the IFB.

1.2 The scope of work prescribes the construction of Cyclone Shelter

Buildings under ICZM, Package No._______________/.

1.3 The successful bidder will be expected to complete the works by the

intended completion date specified in the Contract data.

2. Source of funds

2.1. Fund is to be met out of World Bank.

3. Eligible Bidders

3.1 This invitation for Bids is open to all bidders from the eligible contractors as

defined under Orissa Contractors Registration Act of Works Department

from time to time.

3.2 All bidders shall provide in Section 2, forms of Bid and Qualification I

nformation, a statement that the Bidder is not associated, nor has been

associated in the past, directly or indirectly, with the Consultant or any

other entity that has prepared the design, specifications, and other

documents for the project or being proposed as Project Manager for the

contract.

3.3 Deleted

3.4 Bidders shall not be under a declaration of ineligibility of corrupt and

fraudulent practices issued by the Bank in accordance with sub-clause

37.1(C)

3.5 No preference is allowed to such bidders who claim to be Engineer

Contractor, or S.C. /S.T. Contractor, Labour Contract Society etc.

- 72 -

4 Qualification of the Bidder

4.1 All the bidders shall provide in section 2. Forms of Bid and Qualification

information, a preliminary description of the proposed work method and

schedule, including drawings and charts, as necessary.

4.2 Deleted

4.3 All bidders shall include the following information and documents with their

bids in section2.

(a) Copies of original documents defining the construction or legal

status, place of registration and principal place of business, written

power of attorney of the signatory of the bids to commit the

bidder.

(b) Total monetary value of construction work performed for each of

the last five years.

(c) Experience in work of a similar nature and size for each of the last

five years, and details of works under way or contractually

committed and clients who may be contracted for further

information on those contracts.

(d) Major items of constructions equipment proposed to carry out the

Contract.

(e) Qualifications and experience of key site management and

technical personnel proposed for the Contract.

(f) Reports on the financial standing of the Bidder, such as profit and

loss statements and auditor’s report for the past five years. (2001-2

to 2005-2006).

(g) Evidence of adequacy of working capital for this contract ( access

to line (s) of credit and availability of other financial resources).

(h) Authority to seek references from the Bidder’s bankers.

(i) Information regarding any litigation or arbitration resulting from

contracts executed by the bidders in the last 5 years or currently

under execution. The information shall include the names of the

- 73 -

parties concerned, the disputed amount, cause of litigation and

matter in disputes; and

(j) Proposals for subcontracting components of the works amounting

to more than 20 percent of the Contract price (for which the

qualification and experience of the identified sub-contractor in the

relevant field should be annexed).

(k) The proposed methodology of construction based with their,

construction equipments planning & development, duly supported

with broad calculation and quality control procedures proposed to

be adopted, justifying their capability of achieving the completion

of work as per milestones specified within the stipulated period of

completion.

(l) Furnish valid, ITCC & STCC from competent authorities.

4.4 Deleted.

4.5.A. To qualify for award of the contract, each bidder in its name should

have in the last five years. i.e. (2001-02 to 2005-2006)

(a) Achieved in at least two financial years a minimum annual financial

turnover (in all case of Civil Engineering Construction works

only) of Rs. _______________.

(b) Satisfactorily completed (not less than 90% of contract value) as a

prime contractor of at least one similar work of value not less than

Rs. ___________. (Pile, Brick masonry, R.C.C.)

(c) Executed in any one year, the following minimum quantities of

work;

- Pile

- Brickwork

- R.C.C.

- 74 -

(d) The contractor or his identified sub-contractor should possess

required valid electrical license for executing the building

electrification works and should have executed similar electrical

works totaling Rupees ____________ in any one year.

(e) The contactor or his identified sub-contractor should possess

required valid license for executing the water supply sanitary

engineering works and should have executed similar water supply /

sanitary engineering works totaling Rupees _____________ in any

one year.

@ at 2005-2006 price level, financial turnover and cost of

completed works of previous year shall be given weight of 10 %

per year based on rupees value to bring them to 2005-2006 price

level.

4.5.B. Each bidder should further demonstrate:

(a) Availability (either owned or leased or by procurement against

mobilization advances) of the following key and critical equipment

for this work:

1. Truck / Trippers - 10T Capacity -

2. Concrete Mixture -

3. Concrete vibrator -

4. Power Road Roller -

5. Water Tanker -

6. Pump - 5 HP -

7. Vibratory roller -

Based on the studies, carried out by the Engineer the minimum

suggested major equipments to attain the completion of works in

accordance with the prescribed construction schedule are shown in

the above lists.

The bidders should however, undertake their own studies and

furnish with their bid, a detailed construction planning and

- 75 -

methodology supported with layout and necessary drawings and

calculations (detailed) as stated in clause 4.3(k) above the allow

the Engineer to review their proposals, The numbers, types and

capacities of each equipment shall be shown in the proposals along

with the cycle time for each operation for the given production to

match the requirements.

(b) Availability of this work of a Project manager with not less than five

years experience in construction of similar civil engineering works

and other key personnel with adequate experience as required; and

(c) Liquid assets and / or Credit facilities of not less than Rs.

___________/

(Credit lines / letter of credit/ solvency certificates from scheduled

Banks for meeting the funds requirement etc.)

4.5 C. To qualify for a package of contract made up of this and

other contracts for which bids are invited in the IFB, the

bidder must demonstrate having experience and resources

sufficient to meet the aggregate of the qualifying criteria for the

individual contracts.

4.6 Sub- contractor’s experience and resources will not be taken into

account in determining the Bidder’s compliance with the qualifying

criteria, except to the extent stated in Clause 4.5 (A) above

4.7 Bidders who meet the minimum qualification criteria will be

qualified only if their available bid capacity is more than the total

bid value. The available bid capacity will be calculated as under.

Assessed Available Capacity = (A*N*1.5-B)

Where

A = Maximum value of civil engineering works executed in any one

year during the last five years (updated to 2006-2007 level) taking

into account the completed as well as works in progress)

- 76 -

N = Number of year prescribed for completion of the works for which

bids are invited.

B = Value at 2006-2007 price level, of existing commitments and on-

going works to be completed during the next 5/6 years (12

months)

Note: The statements showing the value of existing commitments and

on-going works as well as the stipulated period of completion

remaining for each of the works listed should be countersigned by

the Engineer in Charge, not below the rank of an Executive

Engineer or equivalent.

4.8 Even though the bidders meet the above qualifying criteria, they

are subjected to be disqualified if they have:

- Made misleading or false representations in the forms, statements

and attachments submitted in proof of the qualification

requirements; and /or

- record of poor performance such as abandon the works, not

properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion,

litigation history, financial failures etc and /or

- Participated in the previous bidding for the same work and had

quoted unreasonable high bid prices and could not furnish rational

justification to the Engineer.

5. One Bid per Bidder

5.1 Each bidder shall submit only one bid for one package. A bidder

who submits or participates in more than one bid will cause all the

proposals with the Bidder’s participation to be disqualified.

6. Cost of Bidding

6.1 The bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and

submission of his Bid, and the Engineer will in no case be

responsible and liable for those costs.

- 77 -

7. Site Visit

7.1 The bidder, at the Bidder’s own responsibility and risk is

encouraged to visit and examine the site of works and obtain all

information that may be necessary for preparing the Bid and

entering into a contract for construction of the works Any doubt

regarding the bid document if it does not fulfill the site condition

may be brought to the notice of Engineer in the pre bid meeting.

The costs of visiting the site shall be at the Bidder’s own expense.

B. Bidding Documents

8. Content of Bidding Documents.

8.1 The set of bidding documents comprises the documents listed in

the table below and addenda issued in accordance with clause 10:

Section Invitations for Bids

1. Instructions to Bidders

2. Forms of Bid and qualification

information

3. Conditions of Contract

4. Contract Data

5. Technical Specifications

6. Drawings

7. Bill of Quantities

8. Forms of Securities

8.2 Of the three sets of the bidding documents supplied, two sets

should be completed and returned the bid.

9. Clarification of Bidding Documents

9.1 A prospective bidder requiring any clarification of the bidding

documents may notify the Engineer in writing or by cable (herein after

“cable” includes telex and facsimile) at the Engineer’s address

indicated in the invitation to bid. The Engineer will respond to any

request for clarification, which he received earlier than 7 days prior to

- 78 -

the deadline for submission of bids. Copies of the Engineer’s response

will be forwarded to all purchasers of the bidding documents, including

a description of the enquiry but without identifying its source.

9.2 Pre-bid meeting

9.2.1 The bidder or his official representative is invited to attend a pre-

bid meeting which will take place at office of Orissa State Disaster

Mitigation Authority, Rajiv Bhawan, Bhubaneswar on 07.02.2007 at

11.00 A.M.

9.2.2 The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to answer

questions on any matter that may be raised at that state.

9.2.3 The bidder is requested to submit any questions in writing or by

cable to reach the Employer not later than five days before the

meeting.

9.2.4 Minutes of the meeting, including the text of the questions raised

(without identifying the source of enquiry ) and the responses

given will be transmitted without delay to all purchasers of the

bidding documents. Any modification of the bidding documents

listed in Sub-clause 8.1, which may become necessary as a result

of the pre-bid meeting shall be made by the Employer exclusive

through the issue of an Addendum pursuant to Clause 10 and not

through the minutes of the pre-bid meeting.

9.2.5 Non- attendance at the pre-bid meeting will not be a cause for

disqualification of a bidder.

10. Amendment of Bidding Documents

10.1 Before the deadline for submission of bids, the Engineer may

modify the bidding document by issuing addenda.

10.2 Any Addendum thus issued shall be part of the bidding documents

and shall be communicated in writing or by, cable to all the

purchasers of the bidding documents. Prospective bidders shall

acknowledge receipt of each addendum by cable to the Engineer.

- 79 -

10.3 To give prospective bidders reasonable time in which to take an

addendum into account in preparing their bids, the Engineers shall

extend as necessary the deadline for submission of bids, in

accordance with the sub-clause 20.2 below.

C. Preparation of Bids

11. Language of the Bid

11.1 All documents relating to the bid shall be in the English language.

12. Documents comprising the Bids

12.1 The Bid submitted by the bidder shall comprise the following:

(a) The Bid (in the format indicated in Section 2)

(b) Bid Security

(c) Priced Bill of Quantities

(d) Qualification Information form and Documents

And any other materials required to be completed and submitted by

bidders in accordance with these instructions. The documents listed under

section 2,4 and 7 of Sub-Clause 8.1 shall be filled in without exception.

12.2 Bidders bidding for this contract together with other contracts

stated in the IFB to form a package will so indicate in the bid

together with any document offered for the award of more than

one contract.

13. Bid Prices

13.1. The contract shall be for the whole works as described in Sub-

Clause 1.1 based on the prices in the Bill of Quantities submitted by

the Bidder.

13.2. The bidder shall fill in rates and prices and line item total (both in

figure & words) for all items of the works described in the Bill of

Quantities along with the total bid price (both in figure & words).

Items for which no rate or price is entered by the bidder will not be

paid for by the Engineer when executed and shall be deemed

- 80 -

covered by the other rates and prices in the Bill of Quantities.

Corrections, if any, shall be made by crossing out, initialing, dating

and rewriting.

13.3. All duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the contractor under

the contract, or for any other cause shall be included in the rates,

prices and total Bid price submitted by the Bidder.

13.4. The rates and prices quoted by the bidder shall be fixed for the

duration of the contract and shall not be subject to adjustment on

any account.

14. Currencies of Bid and payment

14.1 The unit rates and the prices shall be quoted by the bidder entirely

in Indian Rupees.

15. Bid Validity

15.1 Bids shall remain valid for a period not less than ninety days after

deadline date after the deadline date for bid submission specified in

Clause 20. A bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the

Engineer as non-responsive.

15.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to expiry of the original time

limit, the Engineer may request that the bidders may extend the

period of validity for a specified additional period. The request and

the bidders responses shall be made in writing or by cable. A

bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting his bid security. A

bidder agreeing to the request will not be required or permitted to

modify his bid except as provided as in 15.3 hereinafter. But will be

required to extend the validity of his bid security for a period of the

extension and compliance with clause 16 in all respects.

15.3 In the case of contracts in which the Contract price is fixed (not

subject to price adjustment) in the event that the purchaser

request and the Bidder agree to an extension of the validity period,

- 81 -

the contract price, if the Bidder is selected for award shall be the

bid price.

15.4 Bid evaluation will be based on the bid prices without taking into

consideration the above correction.

16. Bid Security

16.1 The Bidder shall furnish, as part of his Bid, a Bid security in the

amount as shown in column 4 of the table of IFB for his particular

work. This bid security shall be in favour of the Orissa State

Disaster Mitigation Authority and may be in one of the

following forms which shall be valid up to 90 days from the

date of opening of the bid .

Bank Guarantee (In the prescribed format) / Bnaker’s Cheque

/ Bank Draft in favour of the Orissa State Disaster Mitigation

Authority payable at Bhubaneswar in any Nationalised Bank / SBI

or its associates.

. 16.2 Any bid not accompanied by an acceptable Bid security and not

secured as indicated in Sub-clause 16.1 shall be rejected by the

Engineer as non-responsive.

16.3 The Bid Security of unsuccessful bidders will be returned within 28

days from the acceptance of bid or end of the bid validity period

specified in sub-clause 15.1 whichever is earlier.

16.2 The Bid Security of the successful bidder will be discharged when

the bidder has signed the Agreement and furnished the required

performance security.

16.3 The bid security may be forfeited.

(a) If the Bidder withdraws the Bid after Bid opening during the

period of Bid validity

(b) If the bidder does not accept in the correction of the Bid price,

pursuant to Clause 27; or

- 82 -

(c) In the case of successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails within the

specified time limit to

(i) Sign the agreement; or

(ii) Furnish required performance security.

17. Alternative Proposals by Bidders

17.1. Bidders shall submit offer that comply with the requirements of the

bidding documents, including the basic technical design as

indicated in the drawing and specifications. Alternatives will not be

considered.

18. Format and Signing of Bid.

18.1.1 The bidder shall prepare one original and one copy of the

documents comprising the bid as described in Clause 12 of

these instruction of Bidders, bound with the volume containing

the form of Bid and clearly marked “ORIGINAL” and

“COPY” as appropriate. In the event of discrepancy

between them, the original shall prevail.

18.2 The original and copy of the Bid shall be typed or written in

indelible ink and shall be signed by a person or persons duly

authorized to sign on behalf of the bidder, pursuant to sub-clause

4.3. All pages of the bid where entries or amendments have been

made shall be initialed by the person signing the bid.

18.3 The bid shall contain no alternations or additions, except those to

comply with instructions issued by the Engineer, or as necessary to

correct errors made by the bidder, in which case such corrections

shall be initialed by the persons signing the bid.

18.4 The bidder shall furnish information as described in the form of Bid

on commissions or gratuities, if any paid or to be paid to agent

relating to this Bid, and to contract execution if the Bidder is

awarded the contract.

- 83 -

D. Submission of Bids.

19. Sealing and Marking of Bids.

19.1 The Bidder shall seal the original and copy of the Bid in separate

envelopes, duly marking the envelopes as “ ORIGINAL” and

“COPY”. These envelopes (called as inner envelopes) shall then be

put inside one outer envelope.

19.2 The inner and outer envelopes shall

(a) Be addressed to the Engineer at the following address:

Managing Director, OSDMA

(b) Bear the following identification:

- Bid for the work: Construction of Cyclone Shelter Building, under

World Bank funding package no.

- Bid reference No. 2

- DO NOT OPEN BEFORE ----------

- (Time and date for bid opening, per Clause 23)

19.3 In addition to the identification required in Sub-Clause 19.2, the

inner envelopes shall indicate the name and address of the bidder

to enable the bid to be returned unopened in case it is declared

late, pursuant to Clause 21.

19.4 If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked as above the

Engineer will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or

premature opening of the bid.

20. Deadline for Submission of the Bids.

20.1. Bid must be received by the Engineer at the address specified

above not later than ______________________. In the event of

the specified date for the submission of bids declared a holiday for

the Engineer, the Bids will be received up to the appointed time on

the next working day.

20.2 The Engineer may extend the deadline for submission on bids by

issuing an amendment in accordance with Clause-10, in which case

- 84 -

all rights and obligations of the Engineer and the bidders previously

subject to the original deadline will then be subject to the new

deadline.

21 Late Bids

21.1 Any Bid received by the Engineer after the deadline prescribed in

Clause 20 will be returned unopened to the bidder.

22 Modification and withdrawal of Bids.

22.1 Bidders may modify or withdraw their bids by giving notice in

writing before the deadline prescribed in Clause 20.

22.2 Each Bidder’s modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared,

sealed, marked and delivered in accordance with Clause 18 & 19

with the outer and inner envelopes additionally marked

‘MODIFICATION’ or ‘WITHDRAWAL’ as appropriate.

a. No bid may be modified after the deadline for submission of Bids.

b. Withdrawal or modification of a Bid between the deadline for

submission of bids and the expiration of the original period of bid

validity specified in Clause 15.1 above or as extended pursuant to

Clause 15.2 may result in the forfeiture of the Bid security

pursuant to Clause 16.

E. Bid Opening and Evaluation

23 Bid Opening

The Engineer will open all the Bids received ( except those received late)

including modifications made pursuant to Clause 22, in the presence of the

Bidders or their representatives who choose to attend at ________ hours on the

date and the place specified in Clause 20. In the event of specified date of Bid

opening being declared a holiday for the Engineer, the Bids will be opened at the

appointed time and location on the next working day.

Envelopes marked ‘WITHDRAWAL’ shall be opened and read out first. Bids for

which an acceptable notice of withdrawal has been submitted pursuant to Clause

22 shall not be opened.

- 85 -

The Bidders’ names, the Bid prices, the total amount of each Bid and of any

alternative Bid (if alternatives have been requested or permitted), any discounts,

Bid modifications and withdrawals, the presence or absence of Bid security, and

such other details as the Engineer may consider appropriate, will be announced

by the Engineer at the opening. Bid (and modification) sent pursuant to Clause –

22 that are not opened and read out at the bid opening will not be considered

for further evaluation regardless of the circumstances. Withdrawn bids will be

returned un-opened to bidders.

The engineer shall prepare minutes of the Bid opening, including the information

disclosed to those present in accordance with Sub-Clause 23.3.

24. Process to be confidential

24.1 Information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation

and comparison of Bids and recommendations for the award of a

contract shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other person not

officially concerned with such process until the award to the

successful Bidder has been announced. Any effort by a Bidder to

influence the Engineer’s processing of Bids or award decisions may

result in the rejection of his Bid.

25. Clarification of Bids

25.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of Bids,

the Engineer may, at his direction, ask any Bidder for clarification

of his Bid, including breakdowns of unit rates. The request for

clarification and the response shall be in writing or by cable, but no

change in the price or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered

or permitted except as required to confirm and correction of

arithmetic errors discovered by the Engineer in the evaluation of

the Bids in accordance with Clause 27.

25.2 Subject to sub-clause 25.1 no Bidder shall contact the Engineer on

any matter relating to its bid from the time of bidding to the time

- 86 -

the contract is awarded. If the Bidder wishes to bring additional

information to the notice of the Engineer, it should do so in writing.

26. Examination of Bids and determination of Responsiveness.

Prior to the detailed evaluation of Bids, the Engineer will determine whether each

Bid (a) meets the eligibility criteria defined in clause 3; (b) has been properly

signed; (c) is accompanied by the required securities and;(d) is substantially

responsive to the requirements of the Bidding documents.

A substantially responsive Bid is one, which conforms to all the terms, conditions,

and specifications of the Bidding documents, without material deviation, or

reservation. a material deviation or reservation is one.

(a) Which effects in any substantial way the scope, quality, or

performance of the Works.

(b) Which limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding

documents, the Engineer’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations under

the contract; or

(c) Whose rectification would effect unfairly the competitive position of

other Bidders presenting substantially responsive Bids.

27. Correction or Errors

Bids determined to be substantially responsive will be checked by the Engineer

for any arithmetic errors. Errors will be corrected by the Engineers as follows:

The amount stated in the Bid will be adjusted by the Engineer in accordance with

the above procedure for the correction of errors and, with the concurrence of the

Bidder, shall be considered as binding upon the Bidder. If the Bidder does not

accept the corrected amount the bid will be rejected, and the Bid security may

be forfeited in accordance with Sub-Clause 16.6(b).

28. Deleted

29. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids.

The Engineer will evaluate and compare only the Bids determined to be

substantially responsive in accordance with Clause 26.

- 87 -

29.2. In evaluating the Bids, the Engineer will determine for each Bid the

evaluated Bid Price by adjusting the Bid price as follows:

(a) Making any correction for errors pursuant to Clause –27; or

(b) Making an appropriate adjustments for any other acceptable

variations, deviations’ and

( c) Making appropriate adjustments to reflect discounts or other price

modifications offered in accordance with Sub-Clause 22.5.

29.3 The Engineer reserves the right to accept or reject any variation,

deviation, or alternative offer. Variations, deviations, and

alternative offers and other factors, which are in excess of the

requirements of the Bidding documents or otherwise result in

unsolicited benefits for the Engineer shall not be taken into account

in Bid evaluation.

29.4 The estimated effect of the price adjustment conditions under

Clause 47 of the conditions of contract, during the period of

implementation of the Contract, will not be taken into account in

Bid evaluation.

29.5 If the Bid of the successful Bidder is seriously unbalanced in

relation to the Engineer’s estimate of the cost of work to be

performed under the contract, the Engineer may require the Bidder

to produce detailed price analyses for any or all items of the Bill of

quantities, to demonstrate the internal consistency of those prices

with the construction methods and schedule proposed. After

evaluation of the price analyses, the Engineer may require that the

amount of the performance security set forth in Clause –34 be

increased at the expense of the successful Bidder to a level

sufficient to protect the Engineer against financial loss in the event

of default of the successful Bidder under the contract.

30. Deleted

- 88 -

F. Award of Contract

31 Award Criteria

31.1 Subject to Clause 32, the engineer will award the Contract to the

Bidder whose Bid has been determined to be substantially

responsive to the Bidding documents and who has offered the

lowest evaluated Bid Price, provided that such Bidder has been

determined to be (a) eligible in accordance with the provisions of

Clause 3, and (b) qualified in accordance with the provisions of

Clause –4.

31.2 If, pursuant to Clause 12.2 this contract is being set on a “slice and

package” basis, the lowest evaluated Bids Price will be determined

when evaluating this contract in conjunction with other contracts to

be awarded concurrently, taking into account any discounts offered

by the bidders for the award of more than one contract.

32. Engineer’s right to accept any Bid and to reject any or all Bids.

32.1 Notwithstanding Clause 31, the Engineer reserves the right to

accept or reject any Bid, and to cancel the Bidding process and

reject all Bids, at any time prior to the award of contract, without

thereby incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders or

any obligation to inform the affected Bidder or Bidders of the

grounds for the Engineer’s action.

33. Notification of Award and Signing of Agreement.

33.1 The bidder whose Bid has been accepted will be notified of the

award by the Engineer prior to expiration of the Bid validity period

by cable, telex or facsimile confirmed by registered letter. This

letter (hereinafter and in the conditions of Contract called the

“letter of Acceptance”) will state the sum that the engineer will pay

the Contractor in consideration of the execution, completion, and

- 89 -

maintenance of the Works by the contractor as prescribed by the

Contract (hereinafter and in the Contract called the Contract Price”)

33.2 The notification of award will constitute the formation of the

contract; subject only too the furnishing of a performance security

in accordance with the provisions of clause 34.

33.3 The Agreement will incorporate all agreements between the

Engineer and the successful Bidder. It will be signed by the

Engineer and sent to the successful Bidder, within 28 days

following the notification of award along with the Letter of

Acceptance. Within 21 days of receipt the successful Bidder will

sign the Agreement and deliver it to the Engineer.

33.4 Upon the furnishing by the successful Bidder of the Performance

Security, the Engineer will promptly notify the other Bidders that

their Bids have been unsuccessful.

34. Performance Security.

34.1 Within 21 days of receipt of the Letter of Acceptance, the

successful Bidder shall deliver to the Engineer a Performance

Security in any of the forms given below for an amount equivalent

to 5 % of the Contract price plus additional security for unbalanced

Bids in accordance with clause 29.5 of ITB and Clause 52 of

condition of Contract.

- Bank Guarantee (In the prescribed format) / Banker’s Cheque

/ Bank draft in favour of Orissa State Disaster Mitigation

Authority in any Nationalised Bank / SBI or its associates

payable at Bhubaneswar.

34.2 If the performance security is provided by the successful Bidder in

the form of a bank Guarantee, it shall be issued by a

Nationalized/Scheduled Indian Bank located at Bhubaneswar.

- 90 -

34.3 Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the requirements of

Sub- clause 34.1.Shall constitute sufficient grounds for

cancellation of the award and forfeiture of the Bid Security.

35. Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices.

35.1 The Govt. of Orissa through the Orissa Disaster Mitigation Authority

observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement and

execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy the

Government :

(a) Defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set

forth below as follows:

(i) “Corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or

soliciting of any thing of value to influence the action of a

public official in the procurement process or in contract

execution; and

(ii) ‘Fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in

order to influence a procurement process or the execution of

a contract to the detriment of the Govt. of Orissa, and a

includes collusive practice among the Bidders (prior to or

after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at

artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the Govt. of

Orissa of the benefits of free and open competition.

(b) Will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the

Bidders recommended for award has engaged in corrupt or

fraudulent practices in competing for the contract in

question.

(c) Will declare a firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a

stated period of time, to be awarded in any of the contract

under the State Govt. if it at any time determines that the

firm has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in

competing for, or in executing the said contract.

- 91 -

35.2 Furthermore, Bidders shall be aware of the provision stated in Sub-

Clause 23.2 and Sub-Clause 59.2 of the Conditions of Contract.

- 92 -

SECTION 2 : FORMS OF BID, QUALIFICATION

INFORMATION AND LETTER OF

ACCEPTANCE

TABLE OF FORMS:

- CONTRACTOR’S BID

- QUALIFICATION INFORMATION

- LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE

- NOTICE TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK

- AGREEMENT FORM

CONTRACTOR’S BID

Description of the work :

BID

To : The Managing Director, OSDMA

Address : Rajiv Bhawan, Bhubaneswar

GENTLEMEN,

We offer to execute the works described above in accordance with the

Conditions of Contract accompanying this bid for the Contract Price of Rs.

_________________________

( Rupees_____________________) only)

The Bid and your written acceptance of it shall constitute a binding contract

between us. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any Bid you

receive.

- 93 -

We undertake that in competing for (and if the award is made to us, in executing)

the above contract, we will strictly observe the laws against fraud & corruption in force

in India namely “Prevention of corruption Act – 1988”. Commission or gratuities, if any,

paid or to be paid by us to agents relating to this bid, and to contract execution if we

are awarded the contract, are listed below.

Name and address of agent Amount Purpose of commission or

Gratuity

_______________________ ________

____________________________

_______________________ ________

____________________________

_______________________ ________

____________________________

( if none, state none”)

We hereby confirm that this Bid complies with the Bid validity & Bid security required by

the Bidding documents.

We attach herewith our current income-tax clearance certificate.

Yours faithfully

Authorised signature

Name and Title of Signatory :

_________________________________________

Name of Bidder :

_________________________________________

Address :

______________________________________

- 94 -

QUALIFICATION INFORMATION

The information to be filled in by the Bidder in the following pages will be used for

purposes of post qualification as provided for in Clause –4 of instructions to Bidders.

This information will not be incorporated in the Contract.

1. For Individual Bidder 1.1 Constitution or legal status of Bidder

( Attach copy) Place of registration : Principal Place of Business : Power of attorney of signatory of Bid (Attach copy) 1.2 Total value of Civil engineering construction 2001-2002 Work performed in the last five years ** 2002-2003 (In Rs. ) 2003-2004 2004-2005 2005-2006 1.2.1 Work performed as prime contractor (in the same name) on works of a similar

nature over the last five years (2001-2002 to 2005-2006) ** Project Name

Name of Engineer *

Description of works

Contract No.

Value of Contract (Rs. Million)

Date of issue of work order

Stipulated period of completion

Actual date of Completion*

Remarks

1.3.2. Quantities of work executed as prime contractor (in the same name and style) in the last five-year.

Year Name of the Engineer Quantity of work performed (Cum.) * Cement concrete / Brick work Piling Remarks (indicate contract reference) 2001-2002 2002-2003 2003-2004 2004-2005 2005-2006

- 95 -

* Enclose a certificate from the Engineer-in-Charge

@ The item of work for which data is requested should tally with that specified in ITB clause 4.5 A. (C) ** Immediately preceding the financial year in which bids are received Attached certificate from Chartered Accountant

1.4 Information on Bid Capacity (work for which bids have been submitted and works which are yet to be completed) as on the date of this bid.

(A) Existing commitments and on-going works:

Description of anticipated work

Place & state

Contract No. & Date

Name & address of Engineer

Value of Contract (Rs. Million)

Stipulated period of completion

Value of works remaining to be completed (Rs. Million)*

Anticipated date of completion

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

(B) Works for which bids already submitted.

Description

of work

Place &

State

Name &

address of

Engineer

Estimated

value of

works (Rs.

Million)

Stipulated

period of

completion

Date when

decision is

excepted

Remarks

If any

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

*Attach certificate (s) from the Engineer (s) in-Charge.

1.5 The following items of Contractor’s equipment are essential for carrying out the

Works. The Bidder should list all the information requested below. Refer also be Sub-

Clause 4.3 (d) of the

- 96 -

Item of equipment Requirement Availability proposals Age/ Remarks (From No. Capacity Owned/leased Nos/. condition whom to be /To be Procured Capacity purchased) 1) Truck /Tipper 13 Nos. 10 Ton 2) Concrete Mixer 2 No. 3) Needle vibrator 2 No. 4) Plate Vibrator 2 No. 5) Water Tanker 1 Nos. 6) Pump 2 Nos. 5 HP

1.6 Qualification & experience of key personnel proposed for administration and

execution of the contractor. Attach biographical data. Refer also to sub-clause 4.3

(e) and 4.5 (b) of ITB and sub-clause 9.1 of conditions of contract.

Position Name Qualifications Year of Year of

experience

experience in the

(General ) proposed

position

1.7 Proposed sub contracts & firms involved [refer ITB clause 4.3 (i)]

Sections of Value of Sub contractor Experience in

the works sub-contract (name & address ) similar work

- 97 -

1.8 Financial reports for the last five years: balance sheets, profit and loss

statements, auditors reports ( in case of companies / corporation) etc. List them

below and attach copies.

1.9 Evidence of access to financial resources to meet the qualification requirements:

cash in hand, lines of credit, etc. List them below and attach copies of report

documents. (Sample format attached)

1.10 Name, address and telephone, telex, and fax numbers of the Bidders bankers

who may provide references if contacted by the Engineer.

1.11 Information on litigation history in which the Bidder is involved.

Other Party(ies) Engineer Cause of dispute Amount involved Remarks

showing

Present status.

1.12 Statement of compliance under the requirement of sub-clause 3.2 of the instructions to Bidders.

__________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ 1.13 Proposed work method & schedule. The Bidder should attach descriptions,

drawings & charts as necessary to comply with requirements of Bidding documents ( Refer ITB 4.1 and 4.3(k) )

- 98 -

SAMPLE FORMAT FOR EVIDENCE OF ACCESS TO OR AVAILABILITY OF CREDIT FACILITIES- CLAUSE 4.5 (B) (C) OF ITB.

BANK CERTIFICATE

This is to certify that M/s……………………. is a reputed company with a good financial standing. If the contract for the work, namely……………….(funded by the World Bank) is awarded to the above firm, we shall be able to provide overdraft / credit facilities to the extent of Rs. ……………………. to meet their working capital requirements for executing the above contract. Sd/- Name of Bank Senior Bank Manager Address of the Bank

( Name of the Project) 2. We agree that the certificate will be issued only to the extent considered

reasonable by the Engineer for the work, based on the Bill of Quantities and the construction programme and methodology as furnished by us along with the bid.

3. We confirm that the above goods will be exclusively used for the construction of the above work and construction equipment will not be sold or otherwise disposed of in any manner for a period of five years from the date of acquisition.

Date :______________ (Signature) ____________________ Place :_____________ (Printed Name)__________________ (Designation) ___________________ (Common Seal)

_________________

LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE (LETTERHEAD OF THE ENGINEER) ______________(date) To_______________________________________(name and address of the contractor) Dear Sir, This is to notify you that your Bid dated ______________ for execution of the ___________________________________________________(name of the contract

- 99 -

and identification number, as given in the instructions to bidder’s for the contract price of Rupees ___________________________(___________)(Amount in words and figures) as corrected and modified in accordance with the instructions to Bidder’s is hereby accepted by our Agency. You are hereby requested to furnish performance Security, plus additional security for unbalanced bids in terms of I.T.B. clause 29.5 in the form detailed in para 34.1 of ITB for an amount of Rs. _________________ within 21 days of the receipt of this letter of acceptance valid up to 28 days from the date of expiry of Defects Liability period i.e. upto ……………..and sign the contract, failing which action as stated in Para 34.3 of ITB will be taken.

Yours faithfully

Authorized Signature Name and Title of Signatory Name of Agency.

1. Delete “corrected and” and “ or” and modified “ if only one of these

actions applied Delete “as corrected and modified in accordance with the instructions to bidders” If corrections or modifications have not been effected.

- 100 -

ISSUE OF NOTICE TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK

(LETTERHEAD OF THE ENGINEER)

_______________(Date)

To

_____________________(name and address of the contractor)

_____________________

_____________________

Dear Sirs,

Pursuant to your furnishing the requisite security’s stipulated in ITB clause

34.1 and signing of the contract agreement for the construction of

________________________________

____________________________ @ a Bid price of Rs. ___________________.

You are hereby

instructed to proceed with the execution of the said works in accordance with the

contract documents.

Yours faithfully

(Signature, name and title

of signatory authorized to

sign to behalf of Engineer)

- 101 -

AGREEMENT FORM Agreement This agreement, made the ___________________ day of ___________________________2006 between ______________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________(Name and address of Engineer) (Hereinafter called “the Engineer” and _______________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________(Name and address of contractor) (hereinafter Called “the contractor” of the other part). Whereas the Engineer is desirous that the Contractor execute ____________________________ _________________________________________(Name and identification number of contract) (Hereinafter called “the works”) and the Engineer has accepted the Bid by the Contractor for the execution and completion of such works and the remedying of any defects therein at a contract price of Rs._______________. NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:

1. In this Agreement words and expression shall have the same meaning as are respectively assigned to them in the conditions of contract hereinafter referred to, and they shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement.

2. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Engineer to the

Contractor as hereinafter mentioned, the contractor hereby covenants

- 102 -

with the Engineer to executive and complete the works and remedy any defects therein in conformity in all aspects with the provisions of the contract.

3. The engineer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of

the execution and completion of the works and the remedying the defects wherein the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the contract.

4. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and

construed as part of the Agreement V

i) Letter of Acceptance ii) Notice to proceed with the works iii) Contractor’s Bid iv) Contract Data v) Conditions of Contract (including special conditions of contract) vi) Specifications vii) Drawings viii) Bill of Quantities & ix) Any other document listed in the Contact Data as forming part of the contract In witness whereof the parties thereto have caused this Agreement

to be executed the day and year first before written.

The Common Seal of ___________________________________________________was hereunto affixed in the presence of: Signed Sealed and Delivered by the said_______________________________________ ____________________________________________________________

___________

In the presence of:

Binding Signature of Engineer.

Binding signature of the Contractor.

- 103 -

SECTION: 3

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

- 104 -


Table of Contents

A. General C. Quality Control 1. Definitions 33. Identifying Defects 2. Interpretation 34. Tests 3. Language & Law 35. Correction of Defects 4. Engineer’s Decisions 36. Uncorrected Defects 5. Delegation D. Cost Control 6. Communications 37. Bill of Quantities 7. Sub-Contracting 38. Changes in the Quantities 8. Other Contracts 39. Variations 9. Personnel 40. Payments for Variations 10. Engineer’s & contractor’s risk 41. Cash Flow forecasts 11. Engineer’s Risk 42. Payment Certificates 12. Contractor’s risk 43. Payments 13. Insurance 44. Compensation Events 14. Site Investigation Reports 45. Tax 15. Queries about the contract Date 46. Currencies 16. Contractor to construct the works 47. Price Adjustment 17. The works to be completed by the

intended completion date 48. Retention

18. Approval by the Engineer 49. Liquidated damages 19. Safety 50 Bonus 20. Discoveries 51. Advance payment 21. Possession of the site 52. Securities 22. Access to the site 53. Day works 23. Instructions 54. Cost of Repairs 24. Disputes E. Finishing the Contract 25. Procedure of Disputes 55. Completion 26. Replacement of Adjudicator 56. Taking over B. Time Control 57. Final Account 27. Program 58. Operating & Maintenance

Manuals 28. Extension of the intended

Completion date 59. Termination

29. Acceleration 60. Payment upon termination 30. Delays ordered by the Engineer 61. Property 31. Management meetings 62. Release from performance 32. Early Warning F. Special Condition of Contract.

- 105 -


A._____GENERAL

1. Definitions

1.1 Terms which are defined in the contract Data are not also defined in the

Conditions of Contract but keep their defined meanings. Capital initials are used

to identify defined terms.

Bill of Quantities means the priced and completed Bill of Quantities forming

part of the Bid.

Compensation Events are those defined in clause 44 hereunder.

The Completion Date is the date of completion of the Works as certified by

the Engineer in accordance with Sub-Clause 55.1.

The Contract is the contract between the Engineer and the Contractor to

execute, complete and maintain the works. It consists of the documents listed in

Clause 2.3 below.

The Contract Data define the documents and other information, which

comprise the Contract.

The Contractor is a person or corporate body whose Bid to carry out the

Works has been accepted by the Engineer.

The Contractor’s Bid is the completed Bidding document submitted by the

Contractor to the Engineer.

The Contract price is the price stated in the Letter of Acceptance and

thereafter as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

Days are calendar days; months are calendar months.

A Defect is any part of the works not completed in accordance with the

contract.

The defects liability period is the period named in the Contract data and

calculated from the completion Date.

The employer is the party who will employ the Contractor to carry out the

Works.

- 106 -

The Engineer is the person named in the Contract Data (or any other

competent person appointed and notified to the contractor to act in replacement

of the Engineer) who is responsible for supervising, the contractor, administering

the contract, certifying payments due to the contractor issuing and valuing

variations to the contract awarding extension of time and valuing the

Compensation Events.

Equipment is the Contractor’s machinery and vehicles brought temporarily to

Site to construct the works.

The Initial Contract Price is the Contract Price listed in the Engineer’s Letter of

Acceptance.

The Intended completion Date is the date on which it is intended that the

Contractor shall complete the Works. The intended Completion Date is specified

in the Contract Data. The intended Completion Date may be revised only by the

Engineer by issuing an extension of time.

Materials are all supplies, including consumables, used by the contractor for

incorporation in the works.

Plants are any integral part of the works, which is to have a mechanical,

electrical, electronic, or chemical or biological function.

The site is the area defined as such in the Contract Data.

Site Investigation Reports are those, which are included in the Bidding

documents and are factual interpretative reports about the surface and sub-

surface conditions at the site.

Specification means the specification of the works included in the Contract and

any modification or addition made or approved by the Engineer.

The Start Date is given in the Contract Data; it is the date when the contractor

shall commence execution of the works. It does not necessarily coincide with any

of the Site Possession Dates.

A Subcontractor is a person or corporate body who has a Contract with the

Contractor to carry out a part of the work in the Contract, which includes works

on the site.

Temporary works are works designed, constructed, installed and removed by

the Contractor, which are needed for construction or installation of the works.

- 107 -

A Variation is an instruction given by the Engineer, which varies the works.

The works are what the Contract requires the Contractor to Construction, install

and turn over to the Engineer, as defined in the Contract Data.

2. Interpretation

2.1 In interpreting these Conditions of Contract singular also means plural,

male also means female or neuter, and the other way around. Heading

has no significance. Words have their normal meaning under language of

the Contract unless specifically defined. The Engineer will provide

instructions clarifying queries about the conditions of Contract.

2.2 If sectional completion is specified in the Contract Data, references in the

Conditions of Contract to the works, the completion Date, and the

intended Completion Date apply to any Section of the Works (other than

references to the Completion Date and Intended Completion date for the

whole of the Works)

2.3 The documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted in the following

order of priority.

(1) Agreement

(2) Letter of Acceptance, notice to proceed with the works

(3) Contractor’s Bid.

(4) Contract Data.

(5) Conditions of Contract.

(6) Specifications

(7) Drawings

(8) Bill of quantities and

(9) Any other document listed in the Contract Data as forming part of

the Contract.

3. Language and Law

3.1 The language of the Contract and the law governing the Contract are

stated in the Contract Data.

4. Engineer’s Decisions

4.1 Except where otherwise specifically stated, the Engineer will decide

contractual matters between the Engineer and the Contractor.

- 108 -

5. Delegation

5.1 The Engineer may delegate any of the duties and responsibilities to other

people after notifying the Contractor and may cancel any delegation

after notifying the Contractor.

6. Communications

6.1 Communications between parties, which are referred to in the conditions,

are effective only when in writing. A notice shall be effective only when it

is delivered (in terms of Indian Contract Act).

7. Subcontracting

7.1 The Contractor cannot subcontract the work without approval of the

Engineer.

8. Other Contractors.

8.1 The Contractor shall co-operate and share the Site with other contractors,

public authorities, utilities, and the Engineer between the dates given in

the Schedule of Other Contractors. The Contractor shall as referred to in

the Contract Data, also provide facilities and services for them as

described in the Schedule of other contractors. The Engineer may modify

the schedule of other contractors and shall notify the contractor of any

such modification.

9. Personnel

9.1 The Contractor shall employ the key personnel named in the Schedule of

Key Personnel as referred to in the Contract Data to carry out the

functions stated in the Schedule or other personnel approved by the

Engineer. The Engineer will approve any proposed replacement of key

personnel only if their qualifications, abilities, and relevant experience are

substantially equal to or better than those of the personnel listed in the

Schedule.

9.2 If the Engineer asks the Contractor to remove a person who is a member

of the Contractor’s staff or his work force stating the reasons the

- 109 -

Contractor shall ensure that the person leaves the site within seven days

and has no further connection with the work in the Contract.

10. Engineer’s and Contractor’s Risks

10.1 The Engineer carries the risks, which this Contract states are Engineer’s

risks, and the Contractor carries, the risks, which this Contract states, are

Contractor’s risks.

11. Engineer’s Risks

11.1 The Engineer is responsible for the excepted risks which are (a) In so far

as they directly affect the execution of the Works, the risks of war,

hostilities, invasion act of foreign enemies, rebellion, revolution,

insurrection or military or usurped power, civil power, civil war, riot

commotion or disorder (unless restricted to the Contractor’s employees),

and contamination from any nuclear fuel or nuclear waste or radioactive

toxic explosive, or (b) a cause due solely to the design of the works,

other than the Contractor’s design.

12. Contractor’s Risks

12.1 All risks of loss of or damage to physical property and of personal injury

and death, which arise during and in consequence of the performance of

the Contract other than the excepted risks, are the responsibility of the

contractor.

13. Insurance

13.1 The Contractor shall provide, in the joint names of the Engineers and the

Contractor, insurance cover from the Start Date to end of the Defects

Liability Period, in the amounts and deductibles stated in the contract

Data for the following events which are due to the Contractor’s risks.

(a) Loss of or damage to the Works, Plant and Materials

(b) Loss of or damage to Equipment

(c) Loss of or damage of property (except the Works, Plant, Materials

and Equipment) in connection with the contract, and

(d) Personal injury or death.

13.2 The Contractor shall deliver 13.2 Policies and certificates for insurance to

the Engineer for the Engineer’s approval before the Start Date. All such

- 110 -

insurance shall provide for compensation to be payable in the types and

proportions of currencies required to rectify the loss or damage incurred.

13.3 If the Contractor does not provide any of the policies and certificates

required, the Engineer may effect the insurance which the Contractor

should have provided and recover the premiums the Employee has paid

from payments otherwise due to the Contractor or, if no payment is due,

the payment of the premiums shall be a debt due.

13.4 Alterations to the terms of insurance shall not be made without the

approval of the Engineer.

13.5 Both parties shall comply with any conditions of the insurance policies.

14. Site Investigation Reports.

14.1. The Contractor, in preparing the Bid, shall rely on any site Investigation

Reports referred to in the Contract Data, Supplemented by any

information available to the Bidders.

15. Queries about the Contract Data

15.1. The Engineer will clarify queries on the Contract Data.

16. Contractor to Construct the Works

16.1. The Contractor shall construct and install the works in accordance with

the specification and Drawings.

17. The works to be completed by the Intended Completion Date.

17.1. The Contractor may commence execution of the Works on the Start Date

and shall carry out the Works in accordance with the program submitted

by the Contractor, as updated with the approval of the Engineer, and

complete them by intended Completion Date.

18. Approval by the Engineer.

18.1 The contractor shall submit specifications and Drawings showing the

proposed temporary works to the Engineer, who is to approve them if

they comply with the Specifications and Drawings.

18.2 The contractor shall be responsible for design of Temporary works.

18.3 The Engineer’s approval shall not alter the Contractor’s responsibility for

design of the Temporary works.

- 111 -

18.4 The Contractor shall obtain approval of third parties to the design of the

Temporary Works where required.

18.5 All drawings prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the

temporary or permanent Works are subject to prior approval by the

Engineer before their use.

19. Safety

19.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all activities on the

site.

20. Discoveries

20.1 Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value unexpectedly

discovered on the site is the property of the Engineer. The Contractor is

to notify the Engineer of such discoveries and carry out the Engineer’s

instructions for dealing with them.

21. Possession of the Site

21.1. The Engineer shall give possession of all parts of the site to the

Contractor. If possession of a part is not given by the date stated in the

Contract Data the Engineer is deemed to have delayed the start of the

relevant activities and this will be compensation Event.

22. Access to the Site.

22.1 The Contractor shall allow the Engineer and any person authorized by the

Engineer access to the Site and to any place where work in connection

with the Contract is being carried out or is intended to be carried out and

to any place where materials or plant are being manufactured /

fabricated /assembled for the works.

23. Instructions.

23.1. The contractor shall carry out all instructions of the Engineer, which

comply with the applicable laws where the site is located.

24. Disputes.

If the Contractor believes that a decision taken by the Engineer was

either outside the authority given to the Engineer by the Contract or that

the decision was wrongly taken, the decision shall be referred to the

- 112 -

Arbitration within 28 days of the notifiction of the Engineer’s decision as

per procedure laid down in clause-4 of special condition of contract.

25. Deleted

26. Deleted

B. TIME CONTROL

27. Programme

27.1 Within the time stated in the Contract Data the contractor shall submit to the

Engineer for approval of a program showing the general methods,

arrangements, order, and timing for all the activities in the works along with

monthly cash flow forecast.

27.2 An update of the programme shall be a program showing the actual progress

achieved on each activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the

timing up to the remaining work including any changes to the sequence of

the activities.

27.3 The contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for approval an updated

programme at intervals no longer than the period stated in the Contract

Data. If one contractor does not submit an updated programme within

this period, the Engineer may withhold the amount stated in the Contract

Data from the next payment certificate and continue to withhold this

amount until the next payment after the date on which the overdue

programme has been submitted.

27.4 The Engineer’s approval of the programme shall not alter the Contractor’s

obligations. The Contractor may revise the Programme and submit it to

the Engineer again at any time. A revised program is to show the effect

of Variations and Compensation Events.

28 Extension of the Intended Completion Date.

28.1 The Engineer shall extend the Intended Completion Date if a

Compensation Event occurs or a Variation is issued which makes it

impossible for completion to be achieved by the Intended Completion

- 113 -

Date without the Contractor taking steps to accelerate the remaining

work and which would cause the contractor to incur additional cost.

28.2 The Engineer shall decide whether and by how much to extend the

Intended Completion Date within 21 days of the Contractor asking the

Engineer for a decision upon the effect of a Compensation Event or

variation and submitting full supporting information. If the Contractor has

failed to give early warning of a delay or has failed to cooperate in

dealing with a delay, the delay by this failure shall not be considered in

assessing the new intended Completion Date.

29. Deleted

30. Delay ordered by the Engineer.

30.1 The Engineer may instruct the contractor to delay the start or progress of

any activity within the works.

31. Management Meetings.

28.3 Either the Engineer or the Contractor may require the other to attend a

management meeting. The business of a management shall be to review

the plans for remaining work and to deal with matters raised in

accordance with the early warning procedure.

31.1. The Engineer shall record the business of management meetings and is

to provide copies of his record to those attending the meeting. The

responsibility of the parties for actions to be taken is to be decided by the

Engineer either at the management meeting or after the management

meeting and stated in writing to all who attended the meeting.

32. Early Warning

32.1. The contractor is to warn the Engineer at the earliest opportunity of

specific likely future event or circumstances that may adversely affect the

quality of the work, increase the contract price or delay the execution of

works. The Engineer may require the Contractor to provide an estimate of

the expected effect of the future event or circumstances on the Contract

price and completion Date. The estimate is to be provided by the

Contractor as soon as reasonably possible.

- 114 -

32.2. The contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer in making and

considering proposals for how the effect of such an event or circumstance

can be avoided or reduced by anyone involved in the work and in

carrying out any resulting instruction of the Engineer.

C. QUALITY CONTROL

33. Identifying Defects.

33.1 The Engineer shall check the Contractor’s work and notify the contractor

of any Defects that are found. Such checking shall not affect the

Contractor's responsibilities. The Engineer may instruct the Contractor to

research for a Defect and to uncover and test any work that the engineer

considers may have a defect.

33.2 The contractor shall permit the Engineer’s Technical auditor to check the

contractor’s work and notify the Engineer and Contractor of any defects

that are found. Such a check shall not affect the Contractor’s or the

Engineer’s responsibility as defined in the Contract Agreement.

33. Quality Monitoring. The quality of work shall be monitored by the

Engineering Consultant as well as Engineers of OSDMA.

34. Tests

34.1. If the Engineer instructs the Contractor to carry out a test not specified in

the Specification to check whether any work has a Defect and the test

shows that it does, the contractor shall pay for the test and any samples.

If there is no Defect the test shall be a Compensation.

35. Correction of Defects.

35.1. The Engineer shall give notice to the contractor of any Defects before the

end of the Defects Liability Period, which begins at Completion and is

defined in the contract Data. The Defects Liability period shall be

extended for as long as Defects remain to be corrected.

35.2. Every time notice of a effect is given, the contractor shall correct the

notified Defect within the length of time specified by the Engineer’s

notice.

- 115 -

36. Uncorrected Defects

36.1. If the Contractor has not corrected a Defect within the time specified in

the Engineer’s notice, the Engineer will assess the cost of having the Defect

corrected, and the Contractor will pay this amount.

D. COST CONTROL

37. Bill of Quantities.

37.1 The Bill of Quantities shall contain items for the construction, installation,

testing and commissioning work to be done by the Contractor.

37.2 The Bill of quantities is used to calculate the Contract Price. The

contractor is paid for the quantity of the work done at the rate in the Bill

of Quantities for each item.

38. Changes in the Quantities.

38.1 If the final quantity for the work done differs from the quantity in the Bill

of Quantities for the particular item by more than 25 percent provided the

change exceeds 1% of initial Contract Price, the Engineer shall adjust the

rate to allow for the change.

38.2 The Engineer shall not adjust rates from changes in quantities if thereby

the initial Contract Price is exceeded by more than 15 percent except with

the prior approval of the Managing Director, OSDMA

38.3 If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer

with a detailed cost breakdown of any rate in the Bill of Quantities.

39. Variations

39.1 All variations shall be included in updated Programs produced by

the Contractor.

40. Payments for Variations

40.1 The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a quotation for carrying

out the Variation when requested to do so by the Engineer. The Engineer

shall assess the quotation, which shall be given within seven days of the

request or within any longer period stated by the Engineer and before the

variation is ordered.

- 116 -

40.2 If the work in the variation corresponds with an item description in the

Bill of Quantities and if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the quantity of

work above the limit stated in Sub clause 38.1 or the timing of its

execution do not cause the cost per unit of quantity to change, the rate

in the Bill of Quantities shall be used to calculate the value of the

variation. If the cost per unit of quantity changes, or if the nature of

timing of the work in the Variation does not to correspond with items in

the bill of quantities, the quotation by the Contractor shall be in the form

of new rates for the relevant items of work.

40.3 If the contractor’s quotation is unreasonable, the Engineer may order the

Variation and make a change to the Contract Price which shall be based

on Engineer’s own forecast of the effects of the Variation on the

contractor’s costs.

40.4 If the Engineer decided that the urgency of varying the work would

prevent a quotation being given and considered without delaying the

work, no quotation shall be given and the variation shall be treated as a

Compensation Event.

40.5 The contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment for costs which

could have been avoided by giving early warning.

41. Cash flow forecasts

41.1 When the Program is updated, the contractor is to provide the Engineer

with an updated cash flow forecast.

42. Payment Certificate.

42.1 The contractor shall submit to the Engineer monthly statements of the

estimated value of the work completed less the cumulative amount

certified previously.

42.2 The Engineer shall check the Contractor’s monthly statement within 14

days and certify the amount to be paid to the Contractor.

42.3 The value of work executed shall be determined by the Engineer.

42.4 The value of work executed shall comprise the value of the

quantities of the items in the Bill of Quantities completed.

- 117 -

42.5 The value of work executed shall include the valuation of Variations and

compensation Events.

42.6 The engineer may exclude any item certified in a previous

certificate or reduce the proportion of any item previously certified in

any certificate in the light of later information.

43. Payments.

43.1 Payments shall be adjusted for deductions for advance payments,

retention, and other recoveries in terms of the contract and taxes at

source as applicable under the law. The Engineer (OSDMA) shall pay the

Contractor the amounts certified by the Engineer within 28 days of the

date of each certificate. If the Engineer(OSDMA) makes a late payment,

the contractor shall be paid interest on the late payment in the next

payment. Interest shall be calculated from the date by which the

payment should have been made up to the date when the late payment

is made at 12 % per annum.

43.2 If an amount certified is increased in a later certificate as a result of an

award by an Arbitrator, the Contractor shall be paid interest upon the

delayed payment as set out in this clause. Interest shall be calculated

from the date upon which the increased amount would have been

certified in the absence of dispute.

43.3 Items of the Works for which no rate or price has been entered in will not

be paid for by the Engineer and shall be deemed covered by other rates

and prices in the Contract.

44. Compensation Events.

44.1 The following are compensation Events unless they are caused by

the Contractor.

(a) The Engineer does not give access to a part of the site by the Site

Possession Date stated in the contract data.

(b) The Engineer modifies the schedule of other contractors in a way

which affects the work of the contractor under the contract.

- 118 -

(c) The Engineer orders a delay or does not issue drawings,

specifications or instructions required for execution of works on

time.

(d) The Engineer instructs the Contractor to uncover or to carry out

additional tests upon work which is then found to have no

Defects.

(e) The engineer unreasonably does not approve for a subcontract to

be let.

(f) Ground conditions are substantially more adverse than could

reasonably have been assumed before assurance of Letter of

Acceptance from the information issued to Bidders (including the

Site Investigation Reports), from information available publicly

and from a visual inspection of the site.

(g) The Engineer gives an instruction for dealing with an unforeseen

condition, caused by the Engineer or additional work required for

safety or other reasons.

(h) Other contractors, public authorities, utilities or the Engineer does

not work within the dates and other constraints stated in the

contract, and they cause delay or extra cost to the contractor.

(i) The advance payment is delayed.

(j) The effect on the Contractor of any of the Engineer’s Risks.

(k) The Engineer unreasonably delays issuing a certificate of

completion.

(l) Other Compensation Events listed in the Contract Data or

mentioned in the Contract.

44.2. If a compensation Event would cause additional cost or would prevent

the work being completed before the intended Completion Date, the

contract price shall be increased and /or the intended completion Date is

extended. The Engineer shall decide whether and by how much the

contract price shall be increased and whether and by how much the

intended completion Date shall be extended.

- 119 -

44.3 As soon as information demonstrating the effect of each Compensation

Event upon the Contractor’s forecast cost has been provided by the

Contractor, it is to be assessed by the Engineer and the Contract Price

shall be adjusted accordingly. If the contractor’s forecast is deemed

unreasonable, the Engineer shall adjust the Contract Price based on

Engineer’s own forecast. The Engineer will assume that the contractor will

react competently and promptly to the event.

44.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to compensation to the extent that

the Engineers interests are adversely affected by the Contractor not

having given early warning or not having cooperated with the Engineer.

45. Tax

45.1 The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to be inclusive of the

sales and other taxes that the contractor will have to pay for the

performance of this contract. The Engineer will perform such duties in

regard to the deduction of such taxes at source as per applicable law.

46. Currencies.

46.1 All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees.

47. Deleted

48. Retention

48.1 The Engineer shall retain from each payment due to the

contractor the proportion stated in the Contract Data until completion of the

whole of the works.

48.2 On completion of the whole of the works half the total amount

retained is repaid to the contractor and half when the Defects Liability period

has passed and the Engineer has certified that all Defects notified by the

Engineer to the contractor before the end of this period have been corrected.

48.3 On completion of the whole works, the contractor may substitute

retention money with an “on demand” bank Guarantee.

49. Liquidated Damages.

49.1.1 The contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the Engineer at the rate

per day stated in the Contract Data for each day that the completion Date

- 120 -

is later than the Intended Completion Date (for the whole of the Works or

the milestone as stated in the Contract the contract Data. The Engineer

may deduct liquidated damages from payments due to the Contractor.

Payment of liquidated damages does not affect the Contractor’s liabilities.

50. BONUS FOR EARLY COMPLETION.

In case the contractor completes the work before

stipulated date of completion, he will be paid a bonus.

i) The rate of bonus will be 0.75% of the completed value of work

for early completion of the work by a period of one full month with

reference to the scheduled date of completion. The bonus shall not be

exceeding 2.25% of the complete value of the work.

ii) The bonus clause will not be applicable in the event of any extension

of time required under any circumstances for completing the work.

iii) The fraction of a month shall not be considered for computation of

bonus.

iv) For the purpose of bonus, a month will mean 30 calendar days.

51. Deleted

52. SECURITIES

The performance security (including additional security for unbalanced

bids) shall be provided to the in an amount and form and by a bank or

surety acceptable to the Engineer, and denominated in Indian Rupees.

The performance Security shall be valid until a date 28 days from the

date of the expiry of Defects Liability period and the additional security

for unbalanced bids shall be valid until a date 28 days from the date of

issue of the certificate of completion.

53. Deleted

54. Loss or damage to the Works or Materials to be incorporated in the

Works between the Start Date and the end of Defects Correction periods

shall be remedied by the Contractor at the Contractor’s cost if the loss or

damage arises from the Contractor’s acts or omissions.

E. Finishing the Contract

- 121 -

55. COMPLETION

55.1 The Contractor shall request the Engineer to issue a Certificate of

completion of the works and the Engineer will do so upon deciding that

the Work is completed.

56. TAKING OVER

56.1 The Engineer shall take over the site and Works within seven days of the

Engineer issuing a certificate of completion.

57. FINAL ACCOUNT

57.1 The contractor shall supply to the Engineer a detailed account of the total

amount that the contractor considers payable under the Contract before

the end of the Defects Liability Period. The Engineer shall issue a Defect

Liability Certificate and certify any final payment that is due to the

contractor within 56 days of receiving the Contractor’s account if it is

correct and complete. If it is not, the Engineer shall issue within 56 days

a schedule that states the scope of the corrections or additions that are

necessary. If the final Account is still unsatisfactory after it has been

resubmitted, the Engineer shall decide on the amount payable to the

Contractor and issue a payment certificate within 56 days of receiving the

contractors revised account.

58. Operating and Maintenance Manuals

58.1 If “as built” Drawing and / or operating and maintenance manuals are

required, the contractor shall supply them by the dates stated in the

Contract Data.

58.2 If the Contractor does not supply the Drawings and /or manuals by the

dates stated in the contract data or they don’t receive the Engineer’s

approval, the Engineer shall withhold the amount stated in the contract

data from payment due to the Contractor.

59. Termination

59.1 The Engineer or the contractor may terminate the contract if the other

party causes a fundamental breach of the contract.

59.2. Fundamental breaches of contract include but shall not be limited to the

following :

- 122 -

(a) The contractor stops work for 28 days when no stoppage of work

is shown on the current program and the stoppage has not been

authorized by the Engineer.

(b) The Engineer instructs the contractor to delay progress of the

works and the instruction is not withdrawn within 28 days.

(c) The Engineer or the contractor is made bankrupt or goes into

liquidation other than for a reconstruction or amalgamation :

(d) A payment certificated by the Engineer is not paid by the

Employer to the contractor within 56 days of the date of the date

of the Engineer’s certificate.

(e) The Engineer gives Notice that failure to correct a particular

Defect is a fundamental breach of contract and contractor fails to

correct it within a reasonable period of time determined by the

Engineer.

(f) The contractor does not maintain a security which is required.

(g) The contractor has delayed the completion of work by the number

of days for which the maximum amount of liquidated damages

can be paid as defined in the contract data.

(h) If the contractor, in the judgment of the Engineer has engaged in

corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for or in the

executing the contract.

For the purpose of this paragraph. :

“corrupt practice” means the offering, giving receiving or soliciting of any

thing of value to influence the action of a public official in the

procurement process or in contract execution.

“ Fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation of facts in order to

influence a procurement process or the execution of a contract to the

detriment of OSDMA, and includes collusive practice among Bidders (prior

to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at artificial non

competitive levels and to deprive OSDMA of the benefits of free and open

competition.”

- 123 -

59.3 When either party to the contract gives notice of a breach of

contract to the Engineer for a cause other than those listed under

Sub Clause 59.2 above, the Engineer shall decide whether the breach is

fundamental or not.

59.4 Notwithstanding the above, the Engineer may terminate the

contract for convenience.

59.5 If the contract is terminated the Contractor shall stop work

immediately, make the site safe and secure and leave the site as soon

as reasonably possible.

60. Payment upon Termination

60.1 If the contract is terminated because of a fundamental breach of contract

by the Contractor, the Engineer shall issue a certificate for the value of

work done less advance payments received up to the date of the issue of

the certificate, less other recoveries due in terms of the contract, less

taxes due to the deducted at source as per applicable law and less the

percentage to apply to the work not completed as indicated in the

contract data. Additional liquidated Damages shall not apply. If the total

amount due to the engineer exceeds any payment due to the contractor

the difference shall be a debt payable to the Engineer.

60.2 If the contract is terminated at the Engineer’s convenience or because of

a fundamental breach of contract by the Engineer, the Engineer shall

issue a certificate for the value of the work done, the reasonable cost of

removal of Equipment repatriation of the contractor’s personnel employed

solely on the works, and the contractor’s costs if protecting and securing

the works and less advance payments received up to the date of the

certificate less other recoveries due in terms of the contract and less

taxes due to the deducted at per applicable law.

61. Property

61.1 All materials on the site, Plant, Equipment, Temporary works and

Works are deemed to be the property of the Engineer, if the contract is

terminated because of a Contractor’s default.

62. Release from Performance.

- 124 -

62.1 If the contract is frustrated by the outbreak of war or by any other event

entirely outside the control of either the Engineer or the Contractor the

Engineer shall certify that the contract has been frustrated. The

Contractor shall make the site safe and stop work as quickly as possible

after receiving this certificate and shall be paid for all work carried out

before receiving it and for any work carried out afterwards to which

commitment was made.

F. Special conditions of Contract

1. LABOUR :

The Contractor shall unless otherwise provided in the contract, make his

own arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labour, local or

other and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport.

The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, deliver to the Engineer

a return in detail, in such form and at such intervals as the Engineer may

prescribe, showing the staff and the numbers of the several classes of

labour from time to time employed by the contractor on the Site and such

information respecting Contractor’s Equipment as the Engineer may

require.

2. COMPLIANCE WITH LABOUR REGULATIONS :

During continuance of the contract, the Contractor and his sub

contractors shall abide at all times by all existing labour enactments and

rules made there under, regulations and bye laws of the State or Central

government or local authority and any other labour law ( including

rules) regulations, bye laws that may be passed or notification that may

be issued under any labour law in future either by the State or the

Central Government or the local authority. Salient features of some of the

major labour laws that are applicable to construction industry are given

below. The Contractor shall keep the Engineer indemnified in case any

action is taken against the engineer by the competent authority on

- 125 -

account of contravention of any of the provisions of any Act or rules

made there under, regulations or notifications including amendments. If

the Engineer is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be

necessary to cause or observe, or for non-observance of the provisions

stipulated in the notifications / bye laws / Acts / Rules / Regulations

including amendments, if any, on the part of the Contractor, the Engineer

shall have the right to deduct any money due to the Contractor including

his amount of performance security. The Engineer shall also have the

right to recover from the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be

required for making good the loss or damage suffered by the Engineer.

The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-Contractor in no case shall

be treated as the employees of the Engineer at any point of time.

- 126 -

SALIENT FEATURES OF SOME MAJOR LABOUR LAWS APPLICABLE TO ESTABLISHMENTS ENGAGED IN BUILDING AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WORK. (a) Workmen Compensation act 1923: The Act provides for compensation

incase of injury by accident arising out of and during the course of employment.

(b) Payment of Gratuity Act 1972: Gratuity is payable to an employee under the

Act on satisfaction of certain conditions of separation if an employee has

completed 5 years service or more or on death the rate of 15 days wages for

every completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments

employing 10 or more employees.

(c) Employees P.F. and Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952: The Act Provides

for monthly contributions by the Engineer plus workers @ 10 % or 8.33%. The

benefits payable under the Act are:

i) Pension of family pension on retirement or death, as case may be

ii) Deposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker.

iii) Payment of P.F. accumulation on retirement / death etc.

d) Maternity benefit Act 1951: the Act provides for leave and some other

benefits to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc.

e) Contract Labour (Regulation & abolition) Act 1970: the Act provides for

certain welfare measures to be provided by the Contractor to contract labour and

in case the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be provided, by

the Principal Employer by Law. The Principal employer is required to take

Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take license from the

designated Officer. The Act is applicable to establishments or Contractor of

Principal employer if they employ 20 or more contract labour.

f) Minimum Wages Act 1948: The Employer is supposed to pay not less than

the Minimum Wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the

Act if the employment is a scheduled employment. construction of Buildings,

Roads, Runways are scheduled employments.

g) Payments of Wages Act 1936: It lays down as to by what date the wages are

to be paid, when it will be paid and what deductions can be made from the

wages of the workers.

- 127 -

h) Equal Remuneration Act 1979: The Act provides for payment of equal wages

for work of equal nature to Male and female workers and for not making

discrimination against Female employee in the matters of transfers, training and

promotions etc.

i) Payment of Bonus Act 1965: The Act is applicable to all establishments

employing 20 or more employees. The Act provides for payments of annual

bonus subject to a minimum of 8.33% of wages and maximum of 20% of wages

to employees drawing Rs. 3,500/- per month or less. The bonus to be paid to

employees getting Rs. 2500/- per month or above up to Rs. 3500/- per month

shall be worked out by taking wages as Rs. 2500/- per months only. The Act

does not apply to certain establishments. The newly set-up establishments are

exempted for five years in certain circumstances. Some of the State

Governments have reduced the employment size from 20 to 10 for the purpose

of applicability of this Act.

j) Industrial Dispute Act 1947: The act lays down the machinery and

procedure for regulation of industrial dispute, in what situation a strike or lock-

out becomes illegal and what are the requirement for laying of or retrenching the

employees or closing down the establishment.

k) Industrial employment (Standing Orders) Act 1946: It is applicable to all

establishments employing 100 or more workmen (employment size reduced by

some of the State and Central Government to 50). The Act provides for laying

down rules governing the conditions of employment by the employer on matters

provided in the Act and get the same certified by the designated Authority.

l) Trade Unions Act 1926: The Act lays down the procedure for registration of

trade unions of workmen and employers. The Trade Unions registered under the

Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities

m) Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986: The Act prohibits

employment of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and

processes and provides for regulation of employment of children in all other

occupations and processes. Employment of Child Labour is prohibited in Building

and Construction industry.

- 128 -

n) Inter-State Migrant workmen’s (Regulation of Employment &

conditions of Service) Act 1979: The Act is applicable to an establishment,

which employs 5 or more inter-state migrant workmen through an intermediary

(Who has recruited workmen in one state for employment in the establishment

situated in another state). The Inter-State migrant workmen, in an establishment

to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided certain

facilities such as housing, medical aid, traveling expenses from home up to the

establishment and back, etc.

o) The building and Other Construction workers (Regulation of

Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1996 and the Cess Act of

1996: All the establishments who carry on any building or other construction

work and employs 10 or more workers are covered under this Act. All such

establishments are required to pay Cess at the rate not exceeding 2 % of the

cost of construction as may be modified by the Government. The Employer of

the establishment is required to provide safety measures at the Building or

construction work and other welfare measures, such as Canteens, First-Aid

facilities, Ambulance, Housing accommodations for workers near the work place

etc. The employer to whom the Act applies has to obtain a registration certificate

from the Registering Officer appointed by the Government.

p) Factories Act 1948: The Act lays down the procedure for approval of plans

before setting up a factory, heath and safety provisions, welfare provision,

working hours, annual earned leave and rendering information regarding

accidents or dangerous occurrences to designated authorities. it is applicable to

premises employing 10 persons or more with aid of power or 20 or more persons

without the aid of power engaged in manufacturing process.

3. SUB – CONTRACTING (GCC CLAUSE –7)

Please add the following as Clause 7.2

The Contractor shall not be required to obtain any consent from the Engineer

for:

a) The sub-contracting of any part of the Works for which the sub-

contractor’s names are in the contract:

b) The provision of labour;

- 129 -

c) The purchase of materials, which are in accordance with standards

specified in the Contract.

Beyond this if the contractor proposes sub-contracting any part of the

work during execution of works, because of some unforeseen

circumstances to enable him to complete the work as per terms of the

contract, the Engineer will consider the following before according

approval.

- The contractor shall not sub-contract the whole of the works

- The contractor shall not sub-contract any part of the work without prior

consent of the Engineer. Any such consent shall not relieve the contractor

from any liability or obligations under the contract and he shall be

responsible for the acts, defaults and neglects of any sub-contractor, his

agents or workmen as fully as if they were the acts, defaults or neglects

of the contractor, his agents or workmen.

- The Engineer should satisfy whether (a) the circumstances warrant such

sub-contracting; and (b) the sub contractors so proposed for the work

possess the experience, qualifications and equipment necessary for the

job proposed to be entrusted to them in proportion to the quantum of

work to be sub-contracted.

- If payments are proposed to be made directly to that sub-contractor, this

should be subject to specified authorization by the prime contractor so

that this arrangement does not alter the contractor’s liability obligations

under the contract.

4. ARBITRATION (GCC Clause – 25.3)

The procedure for arbitration will be as follows :

If over the works any dispute arises between the two parties

relating to any aspects of this agreement, the parties shall first

attempt to settle the dispute through mutual and amicable

consultation and if it fails, an Arbitrator out of the panel of names

approved by OSDMA shall settle the dispute or difference. The

dispute shall be settled in accordance with the Arbitration and

conciliation Act 1996.

- 130 -

5. PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT

Add the following as GCC Clause 16.2

The contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the environment

on and off the site and the avoid damage or nuisance to persons or to

property of the public or others resulting from pollution, noise or other

causes arising as a consequence of his method of operation.

During continuance of the contract, the contractor shall abide at all times

by all times by all existing enactments on environmental protection and

rules made there under, regulations, notifications and bye –laws,

regulations that may be passed or notification that may be issued in this

respect in future by the State or Central Government or the local

authority.

Salient features of some of the major laws that are applicable are given

below.

The water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974. This provides

for the prevention and control of water pollution and the maintaining and

restoring of wholesomeness of water. ‘Pollution’ means such

contamination of water or such alteration of the physical chemical or

biological properties of water or such discharge of any sewage or trade

effluent or of any other liquid, gaseous or solid substance into water

(whether directly or indirectly) as may, or is likely to, create a nuisance or

render such water harmful or injurious to public health or safety or to

domestic, commercial, industrial agricultural or other legitimate uses, or

to the life and health of animals or plants or of aquatic organisms.

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981. This provides for

prevention, control and abatement of air pollution, Air Pollution means

the presence in the atmosphere of any ‘air pollutant’ which means any

solid, liquid or gaseous substance(including noise) present in the

atmosphere in such concentration as may be or tend to be injurious to

human beings or other living creatures or plants or property or

environment.

- 131 -

The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. This provides for the protection

and improvement of environment and for matters connected therewith

and the prevention of hazards to human beings, other living creatures.

Plants and property. Environment includes water, air and land and the

inter-relationship which exists among and between water, air and land

and human beings, other living creatures, plants, Micro-organism and

property.

The public liability Insurance Act,1991. This provides for public liability

insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons

affected by accident occurring while handling hazardous substances and

for matters connected herewith or incidental there to. Hazardous

substance means any substance or preparation which is defined as

hazardous substance under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986, and

exceeding such quantity as may be specified by notification by the

Central Government.

Environmental impacts mitigation measures in the sole responsibility of

the contractor as per action printed detailed in the annexure-6 (A)

attached herewith.

6. INCOME TAX.

The contractor’s staff personnel and labour will be liable to pay personal

income taxes in respect of such of their salaries and wages as are

chargeable under the laws and regulations for the time being in force and

contractor shall perform such duties in regards to such deductions thereof

as may be imposed on him by such laws and regulations.

7. VAT CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE

7.1 If the contractor is a VAT assessee, he should produce valid VAT

clearance Certificate before the payment of final bill or otherwise the final

payment to the contractor will be withheld.

- 132 -

SECTION : 4

CONTRACT DATA

- 133 -

CONTRACT DATA

Items marked “N/A” do not apply in this contract.

The following documents are also part of the Contract Clause

Reference

- The Schedule of Operating and Maintenance Manuals (58)

- The Schedule of Other Contractor (8)

- The Schedule of Key Personnel (9)

- The Methodology and Program of Construction (27)

- The Schedule of Key and Critical equipment to be deployed (14) on the work as per agreed program of construction

- Site Investigation reports (1.1)

The employer is Managing Director, OSDMA

Address; Bhubaneswar – 751001, Dist – Khurda

Name of authorized Representative: Executive Director(Projects), OSDMA

(1.1)

The Engineer is

Name: Executive Director(Projects), OSDMA

Address: Rajiv Bhawan, Bhubaneswar – 751001

The name and identification number of the Contract is _______________

The work consist of: Piling, Brickwork, concrete work, Doors & Windows

and finishing of Building.

(17.28)

The Start Date shall be the date of issue of Notice to proceed with the work

(1.1)

The intended completion Date for the whole of the works 6 (six) Calendar

Months (17.28) With the following milestone.

- 134 -

MILE STONE

Sl.

No.

Mile Stone Period from the date of issue of

notice to proceed with the work.

Progress of work

1 I 4 Months Ground Floor plinth level

2 II 8 Months First floor roof slab cast

3 End of contract 12 Months Completion of the

The following documents also form part of the Contract:

(2.3)

1. Agreement ( ) 2. Letter of Acceptance ( ) 3. Notice to proceed with

the works ( )

4. Contractor’s Bid ( ) 5. Contract Data ( ) 6. Conditions of Contract ( )

7. Specifications ( ) 8. Drawings ( ) 9. Bill of quantities ( ) and Any

other document ______________________________

The Contractor shall submit a revised programme for the works within 15

(fifteen) days of delivery of the Letter of Acceptance ( 27)

(21)

The site possession Dates shall be:

Section 1 Within 2 days from Section 2 the date of issue of order Section 3 to proceed with the work The site is located at __________________ (1) and defined with drawing No. 1 The Defects Liability Period is 365 days. Insurance requirements are as under should not be less than 5.00 Lakh

- 135 -

Sl No.

Description Minimum cover for insurance

Maximum deductive for insurance

i. Works and plants and materials Contract Value 0.45 % of insured amount

ii Loss or damaged to Equipment Total Book Value of equipment brought to the site

0.45 % of insured amount 0.45 % of insured amount

iii other property Rs. 1.00 lacs 0.45 % of insured amount

iv Personal injury or death insurance a) for other people

Rs. 5.00lacs for each occurrence

b) for contractor’s employees In accordance with the statutory requirement applicable to India.

The period between programme updates shall be 15 days. The amount to be withheld for late submission of an updated program shall be Rs. 10,000/- per day. The language of the Contract documents is English (3) The law which applies to the Contract is the law of Union of India (3) The currency of the Contract is Indian Rupees (46) The proportion of payments retained (retention money) shall be 6% from each bill subject to maximum of 5 % of contract value. (48) The liquidated damages for the whole of the works are Rs.2000/- per day and that for the milestone are as under: For milestone 1 Rs.500/- per day For milestone 2 Rs.750 per day Maximum amount of liquidated damages for the whole of the work is ten percentage of final contract price . The Securities shall be for the following minimum amounts equivalent as a percentage of the Contract Price (52) Performance Security for 5 percent of contract value plus Rs. ______________ as additional security in terms of ITB Clause 29.5 The standard form of Performance Security acceptable to the Engineer shall be an unconditional Bank guarantee of the type as presented in Section 8 of

- 136 -

the Bidding Documents/ Banker’s Cheque / Bank draft in favour of the Orissa State Disaster Mitigation Authority payable at Bhubaneswar. The date by which operating and maintenance manuals are required is within 28 days of issue of certificate of completion of whole or section of the work, as the case may be. * The date by which “ as –built” drawings are required is within 28 days of issue of certificate of completion of whole or section of the work, as the case may be. (58) The amount to be withheld for failing to supply “ as built” drawings by the date required is Rs. 50,000.00 (58) The Securities shall be for the following minimum amount equivalent as a percentage of the Contract Price. (52) The date by which operating and maintenance manuals are required is within 28 days of issue of certificate of completion of whole or section of the work as the case may be (58) The amount to be withheld for failing to supply “ as built” drawings and / or operating and maintenance manuals by the date required is Rs. ___________________. The following events shall also be fundamental breach of contract. 1. The contractor has contravened sub-clause 7.1 and clause 9.0 of GCC ( 59.2) 2. The contractor does not adhere to the agreed construction program ( Clause 27 of GCC) and also fails to take satisfactory remedial action as per agreements reached in the management meetings ( Clause 31) for a period of 60 days. The percentage to apply to the value of the work not completed representing the Engineer’s additional cost for completing the works shall be 20 percent.

- 137 -

SECTION 8: FORMS OF SECURITIES

- 138 -

FORMS OF SECURITIES

Acceptable forms of securities are annexed Bidders should not complete

the Performance Security forms at this time. Only the successful Bidder will be

required to provide Performance Securities in accordance with one of the forms,

or in a similar form acceptable to the Engineer.

Annexure – A : Bid Security ( Bank Guarantee)

Annexure – B : Performance Bank Guarantee for imbalance item.

- 139 -

BID SECURITY ( BANK GUARANTEE)

A

WHERE AS ._________________( name of Bidder) ( hereinafter called “ the Bidder”) has submitted his Bid dated ____________________ ( date) for the _________________________ ( name of contract) hereinafter called “ the Bid” )

KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that we ________________________( name of bank) of ______________________________________( name of country) having our registered office at __________________________________________( hereinafter called” the Bank”) are bound upto _____________________________________ ( name of Engineer) (hereinafter called “ the Engineer” in the sum of _____________________________ for which payment well and truly to be made to the said Engineer the Bank binds his successors and assigns by these presents. SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank this ______________ day of _________200 THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are

1) If after Bid opening the Bidder withdraws his bid during the period of Bid validity specified in the form of Bid.

or 2) If the Bidder having been notified of the acceptance of his bid by the Engineer during the period of Bid Validity.

a) Fails or refuses to execute the form of agreement in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders, if required or

b) fails of refuses to furnish the Performance Security. In accordance with the instruction to Bidders : or

c) does not accept the correction of the Bid Price pursuant to Clause – 27.

We undertake to pay to the Engineer up to the above amount upon receipt of his first written demand, without the Engineer having to substantiate his demand provided that in his demand the Engineer will note that the amount claimed by his is due to his owing to the occurrence of one or any of the three conditions, specifying the occurred condition or conditions. The Guarantee will remain in force up to and including the date ______________________ days after the deadline for submission of bids as such deadline is stated in the Instructions to Bidders or as it may be extended by the Engineer, notice of which extension (s) to the Bank is hereby waived. Any demand in respect of this guarantee should reach the Bank not later than the above date.

- 140 -

DATE ______________ SIGNATURE OF THE BANK ______________________ WITNESS ______________ SEAL________________________________________ ___________________________ (signature, name and address)

1. The Bidder should insert the amount of the guarantee in words and figures denominated in Indian Rupees. This figure should be the same as shown in Clause 16.1 of the Instructions to Bidders.

2. 45 days after the end of the validity period of the Bid Date should be inserted by the Engineer before the Bidding documents are issued.

PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE

To __________________________________( Name of Engineer) __________________________________ ( Address of Engineer) WHERE AS ____________________( name and address of Contractor) ( hereinafter Called “ the contractor”)has undertaken, in pursuance of Contract No. ______________dated ______________ to execute ____________________________( name of Contract and brief description of works ) ( hereinafter called “ the Contract”). AND WHERE AS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Contractor shall furnish you with a Bank guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with his obligations in accordance with the Contract : AND WHERE AS we have agreed to given the Contractor such a Bank Guarantee : NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to you, on behalf of the Contractor, up to a total of _______________________/( amount of guarantee), ______________(in words), such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand and without cavil or argument, any sum of sums within the limits of ________________ [amount of guarantee] 1 as aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand for the sum specified therein. We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the contractor before presenting us with the demand.

- 141 -

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the Contract or of the Works to be performed there under or of any the Contract documents which maybe made between you and the Contractor shall in anyway release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification. Signature and seal of the Guarantor ____________________________ Name of Bank _____________________________________________ Address __________________________________________________ Date _____________________________________________________

1. An amount shall be inserted by the Guarantor, representing the

percentage of the Contract Price specified in the Contract including additional security for unbalanced Bids, if any and denominated in Indian Rupees.

1. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

General : Scope of work : The work contemplated under this contract includes general Builder’s

work for the aforesaid project, all as detailed in the Bill of Quantities,

Specifications and drawings and to complete the said work in every respect

in accordance with this contract and with the directions and to the

satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

Such other works which are not included in the aforesaid Bill of

quantities are generally intended to be executed through a separate

agency. Notwithstanding the above, the Engineer-in-Charge reserves the

right to order additional works under the same Contract. The Engineer-

in-charge also reserves the right to omit any item of work included in

- 142 -

the aforesaid Bill of quantities and award the same to any other

contractor or not perform it at all at his discretion and the Contractor

shall not have any claim because of the same.

The Contractor for this work shall be required to work in co-operation

and co-ordination with other agencies on site and give them all

reasonable assistance and help for the execution of the work in an

efficient manner all as directed. The words “approved” or “as directed”

shall be deemed to convey approval or the discretion of the Engineer-in-

charge of the work.

Indian Standard Specification :

The particular Specifications for the work are as detailed hereinafter.

These specifications shall be read in conjunction with the relevant Indian

Standard Specifications. The obtainable local practice as detailed in

various regional handbooks of practice may be used subject to specific

approval from the Engineer-in-charge. Where the specifications in any of

the standards are at variance with the specifications detailed herein, the

specifications herein shall govern.

Quality of Materials & General Standards of work :

The contractor under this contract commits himself to use materials

conforming to relevant Indian Standards / Codes and assumes full

responsibility for the quality of all materials incorporated or brought for

incorporation in the work, the work shall be executed in accordance with

acceptable engineering practice and as per direction of the Engineer-in-

charge.

Scaffolding :

All scaffolding and ladders required for the proper execution of the work

shall be provided by the contractor. The scaffolding should be stout and

strong to prevent any collapse or displacement. Proper measures for

safety of workmen working on scaffolding should be taken by the

contractor.

- 143 -

The mode of measurements, wherever possible is specifically mentioned

in these documents. Where it has not been mentioned, it shall be as per

provision of the relevant Indian Standards. All the measuring tapes and

other accessories necessary, shall be provided by the contractor.

The bidder along with his bid shall furnish a list of tools, plant and

machinery which he intends to use on the works in Bid document. The

list should indicate the exact type of machine, its capacity, year of

manufacture, kind and capacity of propelling force, spare parts readily

available and all other pertinent information. The contractor is obliged to

use the machinery mentioned in his list if the Engineer-in-charge

considers it necessary.

Surveying and staking :

It is the express responsibility of the contractor to bring to site all

surveying instruments necessary for the marking out, fixation of levels,

etc. and conduct these survey operations himself with utmost accuracy.

The contractor shall put up stable bench marks etc. as necessary for the

work. Engineer-in-charge / his representative will be present when this

work is being carried out and will inspect all these operations with the

contractor’s assistance. The contractor shall be entirely responsible for

accurate setting out the work and he shall at his own expense make

good any defects arising from errors in the life and levels.

Dewatering :

Dewatering of accumulated water in all locations on job site from

whatever source of cause until the virtual completion of the entire work

shall be done by the contractor at his own expenses and shall not be

separately paid for. The rates quoted by the contractor shall be deemed

to be inclusive of this.

Access to site, approach roads and roads within the premises :

The contractor shall at his own cost provide all approach roads required

for the purpose of carrying out the work in the most expeditious and

- 144 -

efficient manner and shall remove the temporary roads on completion.

He shall acquaint himself thoroughly regarding condition and suitability

of public roads leading up to the limits of the premises and will provide

vehicles for transportation of materials which meet the requirements of

these road conditions. It shall also be the responsibility of the contractor

to maintain at his own cost these roads till the construction is

completed. The tenderer is also to acquaint himself with local laws and

bylaws and comply with all police and highway authority requirements.

1.2 Earth work:

Excavation:

Excavation for trenches over areas and for pits, etc. shall be done

to widths, lines and levels as shown in drawings or to such lesser or

greater widths, lines and levels as directed. The bottom and side of

excavation, required levels, profile, etc. watered and thoroughly

rammed. Where the contractor excavated below required level in good

ground inadvertently or carelessness he shall make up the void in

concrete M-10 at his own expense. During excavation the contractor

shall take necessary precaution to retain earth, so that the earth will not

slide or fall down to avoid any accident and hamper the progress of

work. He will take necessary steps to prevent the damage to adjacent

structure or existing services. He shall repair and make good any such

damages at his own expense to the satisfaction of the owner. A suitable

path for men and materials around the excavated pit should be

maintained throughout the work. Stacking or excavated earth from

trenches, bids etc. shall be done away from the pit at a minimum

distance equivalent to the depth of pit/trenches/foundation up to a initial

lead and lift as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Dewatering:

All water that may get accumulated in excavations during the progress

of work from whatever cause or source, shall be bailed or pumped out

- 145 -

as necessary. The rates for excavation shall be deemed to include the

same, if not otherwise specified.

Timbering & excavation (Shoring)

Where the soil is soft and sides of excavation needs supporting, suitably

designed planking and strutting shall be provided. The rates for

excavation shall be deemed to include all planking and strutting as

necessary

Refilling around foundations:

Refilling around foundations shall be done with approved excavated

materials. Refilling shall be done in layers not exceeding 15 cms thick,

watered adequately and consolidated with pneumatic tampers or other

suitable compactors. The finished surface of filling shall be slightly proud

to bring it to finished level after watering and consolidation as directed.

The rates for refilling around foundations shall be deemed to include

this.

All materials considered surplus shall be removed to destinations and

disposed off as directed. The disposal of the materials can be in any of

the following ways as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge of the work.

1. Filling in low lying areas.

2. Filling in at places of filling such as under floors, in roads etc.

3. Stacking of materials in pre-designated stacking yard.

4. Removal of materials outside the plot for disposal.

Filling:

Filling under floors or other places indicated shall be done with good

quality sand conforming to zone 2 or 3 I.S. 383. Filling shall be done in

layers, each layer watered adequately and consolidated to specified

density by suitable compacting equipment. Thickness of each layer shall

not exceed 15 cm. The surface of the filling shall be finished to lines and

levels as required. The filling shall be compacted in such a manner as to

guarantee full stability.

- 146 -

Measurement:

Measurement for all excavation, filling, carting away and earthwork

shall be in solid measure. The rates quoted by the tenderers are thus for

solid measure units. The following factors shall be applied to obtain

quantities of solid measure.

• Excavation : No reduction in volume • Filling, watered and : Volume shall be

determined by levels Consolidated in layers before and after compacted filling and by measuring the lengths and breadth as required. The mode of measurement for various types of excavations shall be as under:

a) In case of trenches, pits and areas, measurement shall be on the

basis of width of foundations and the depth of bottom of

foundation (bottom of bed concrete, if provided) formation.

b) In case of pipe trenches and drains, measurement of width of

trench shall be diameter of the pipe plus an allowance of 50 cms.

To allow for collars, flanges etc.

c) Excavation in rock shall be measured up to levels indicated or

required. No undulations as physically appearing after excavations

shall be taken into consideration while arriving at the quantities.

The rates quoted by the contractor shall be deemed to include for

this and no extra is admissible.

Sub-grade Conditions:

When no data is available of soil formation and depth of water table of

proposed work site, the contractor should make his own arrangements of

preliminary site investigation by actual inspection of the site and

surrounding areas to assess the nature of soil and to foresee the

- 147 -

difficulties that may arise during construction period. The contractor shall

acquaint himself of the above before filling up of the tender.

No claim whatsoever will be entertained on any account of conducting

these exploratory works or lack of investigation on the part of the

contractor.

1.3 Controlled Concrete, Plain & Reinforced Concrete:

General :

Concrete and reinforced concrete work shall be carried generally in

conformity with the latest Indian Standards IS:456 and for provisions

indicated here in below. All work is to be carried out with utmost

precision and up to date scientific know how and the contractor shall

employ thoroughly competent staff to achieve acceptable standards

conforming to technical specifications.

Cement:

Portland slag cement (IS:455) shall be used wherever so directed by the

Engineer in Charge or as shown in drawings or Bill of Quantities. If

directed, the contractor shall purchase cement as fresh as possible after

manufacture and where there is reason to believe the cement has been

long stored, the Engineer-in-charge may demand a Laboratory Test

Certificate regarding the character of cement and the contractor shall

furnish the same at no extra cost. The Engineer-in-charge shall reject

any cement which in his opinion does not meet the required standards.

All bags and containers in which cement is packed shall be stored in a

dry, weather tight, properly ventilated structure with adequate provision

for prevention and absorption of moisture. The contractor shall at all

times maintain for the inspection of the Engineer-in-Charge a log book

indicating the receipt of cement, brand and agent from whom obtained

and the age of cement. Cement, which has caked or perished by being

wet or otherwise shall on no account be used on the work.

- 148 -

Cement shall be consumed on the works in the same sequence as that

of their receipt at site. Cement reclaimed from cleaning of bags or from

spillage from containers, or otherwise shall on no account be used.

Portland Slag Cement is to comply to the relevant Indian Standard

Specifications IS 455. This standard stipulates that the slag constituent

shall be not less than 25 per cent and not more than 65 per cent of the

Portland Slag Cement.

Fine Aggregate :

Fine aggregate shall conform to latest Indian standards (IS:383). Sand

shall be natural sand, crushed gravel sand or crushed stone sand but it

must be a well-graded sand conforming to IS grading and its FM be 2.4

to 3.2. Use of sea sand is prohibited. It shall be composed of hard

siliceous material and shall be clean and of sharp angular grit type. Sand

shall be properly graded minimizing all voids.

Allowance for bulking of wet sand shall be made. Bulkage limit is to be

restricted to less than 20%. Silt content in sand should not be more than

5%. Laboratory equipment such as measuring jars etc. are to be kept at

site for time to time checking of bulkage and silt content. Sand shall be

free from any harmful organic impurities. Quick colour test should be

made at site for the consignment of sand receiver. Colour test details

are given below:

Colour Test of Sand:

The sand shall be tested with 3% solution of caustic soda (Sodium

Hydroxide), which is called “Colour Test”. This is a reliable indicator of

the presence or otherwise of any organic matter in sand as under.

(i) A colour less liquid indicates clean sand free from organic matter.

(ii) A straw coloured liquid indicates some organic matter but not

enough to be seriously objectionable; and

- 149 -

(iii) A dark colour means that the sand contains injurious amount of

organic matter and should not be used unless it is washed and a

retest shows that it is satisfactory.

Coarse Aggregate:

Coarse aggregate shall be approved hard aggregate conforming to latest

Indian Standards (IS: 383) details of which are as follows.

(i) Deleterious materials : less than 5% (ii) Specific gravity : not less than 2.6 (2.6 to 3) (iii) Water absorption value : about 1% by weight (iv) Aggregate crushing value : for wearing surface less than 30%

for other concrete surface less than 45%

(v) Aggregate impact value : for wearing surface less than 30%

for concrete other than wearing surface less

than 45% (vi) Aggregate abrasion value : for wearing surface less than 30%

for concrete other than wearing surface less than 50%.

(vii) Soundness (sodium sulphate method) : less than 12% Aggregate, Gradation, storage, etc.

Aggregates of various specified sizes shall be stock piled properly and

separately. Aggregates shall be clean and shall not contain any foreign

matter, silt, loose or destructive substances, harmful chemicals etc.

Aggregates shall be stored in proper bins, which shall have good

drainage to prevent the inclusion of foreign matter and preserve the

gradation. Sufficient live storage shall be maintained to permit

segregation of successive shipment, placing of concrete at the required

rate and such procedures as inspection and testing.

- 150 -

If directed, the aggregate shall be washed before use. The grading of

aggregate for use on works shall be as per the Indian Standards (IS :

456 - 2000)

1. Grading of Coarse Aggregate as per IS; 456

Sl

No.

IS size % Passing for graded aggregate of nominal size.

40mm 20mm 16mm 12.5

1 40mm 95-100 100 - -

2 20mm 30-70 95-100 100 -

3 16mm - - 90-100 100

4 12.5mm - - - 90-100

5 10mm 10-35 25-55 30-70 40-85

6 4.75mm 0-5 0-10 0-10 0-10

7 2.36mm - - - -

2. Grading of Single Size Aggregate as per IS 456

Sl No.

IS size % Passing for single aggregate of nominal size.

40mm 20mm 16mm 12.5mm 10.00 mm

1 40mm 85-100 100 - - -

2 20mm 0-20 85-100 100 - -

3 16mm - - 85-100 -100 -

4 12.5mm - - - 85-100 100

5 10mm 0-5 0-20 0-30 0-45 85-100

6 4.75mm - 0-5 0-5 0-10 0-20

7 2.36mm - - - - 0-5

- 151 -

Proper sieve analysis shall be carried out to determine the best

gradation obtainable from the available aggregates. The sieve analysis shall be

performed as per standard practice and as laid out in the relevant Indian

standards.

Types of concrete, strengths etc. :

The Bill of quantities specifies various types of concrete. The strengths

corresponding to these types is as per table below:

Types of Concrete

Sl. No.

Type of Concrete 28 day Characteristic Design strength N/mm2

28 day Target Design Strength N/mm2.

1 M-15 15 15+ 1.65x 3.5=20.8 2 M-20 20 20+1.65 x 4.0 = 26.6 3. M-30 30 30 + 1.65 x 5.0 = 38.2 Note : The established values of standard Deviations shall be used. When

adequate test results (30 or more) are available and the target strengths revised

thereafter. Efforts shall be made to bring the standard Deviations up to date,

preferably once a month.

Even though the Bill of quantities specifies various types of concrete, it is

possible that the type may be altered to suit the site conditions. The compressive

strength indicated above pertains to compressive strength tests on “work test

cubes 15 x 15 x 15 cm, after normal curing for 28 days. The strength of

preliminary test cubes shall be as per IS : 456. 2000.

The type of concrete for any particular situation of work shall be as per

drawings.

Any construction in the coastal areas may be considered as exposed to “severe”

environmental condition. In assessing the level of severity, it shall be prudent to

adopt a realistic attitude and be even some what conservative in respect of the

extent of coastal zone for the ultimate durability of the structures.

- 152 -

Thus, besides using. Portland Slag Cement, the specific requirement on

“durability aspects”, as per Indian Standard IS 456, in respect of the following

parameters, must be met :-

• Minimum Cement content

• Maximum Water / cement ratio

• Cover to Steel Reinforcement.

All these requirements are related to the various ‘ environmental exposure

conditions. The standard IS 456 classifies the environment into 5 levels of

severity, that is mild, moderate, severe, very severe, and extreme.

The parameters relating to minimum cement content and maximum water /

cement ratio, as per IS 456, are summarized below along with the minimum

grade of concrete :-

Exposure Environment

Exposure Classifi- cation

Plain Concrete Reinforced Concrete

Min. (*) Cement content) kg/m3

Max. water cement ratio

Mini. (*) Grade of concrete

Min.(*) Cement content) kg/m3

Max. water cement ratio

Min. Grade of concrete

Coastal concrete sheltered from saturated salt air.

Moderate 240 0.60 M15 300 0.50 M25

Concrete exposed to coastal environment

Severe 250 0.50 M20 320 0.45 M30

Concrete exposed to sea water spray / or in contact with aggressive soils / ground water

Very Severe

260 0.45 M20 340 0.45 M35

Water :

Water for all concrete work shall be clean, free from deleterious matter such as

oils, acids, alkalis, sugar and vegetable matter. Permissible limits for solids shall

- 153 -

conform to IS 456. Every attempt shall be made to use water which is fit for

drinking purposes. Water storage facilities provided by the contractor shall be

maintained properly to preclude contamination of water by any of the harmful

substances. The quantity of water to be added to concrete for mixing shall be

such as to afford workability consistent with strength requirements. Water /

cement ratio shall be maintained constant as specified (0.45 for RCC and

recorded in every batch of concrete. P.H. of water shall be in the range 6-9.

The permissible limits, as per IS 456- areas following :

SL. NO. Tested as per Permissible Limit

(Max)

(i) Organic------------IS 3025 (part – 18)--------------------------200 mg/1

(ii) In organic ---------IS 3025 (part 18) ---------------------------3000 mg1

(iii) Sulphates ( as SO3) ----- IS 3025(part 24)-----------------2000 mg/1 for

concrete not

containing embedded

steel and

500 mg / 1 for RCC

work.

(v) Suspended matter-----IS 3025 (part – 17) ----------------- 2000 mg/I

The water cement ratio, being of paramount importance governing the

durability of concrete, it should be of the lowest feasible value. In the subject

under reference, it should be 0.45 and to achieve sufficient workability, it

may be necessary to use suitable super-plasticiser in the concrete mix to

ensure efficient placement of concrete.

Types of commonly used plasticisers: -

The commonly available admixtures with good to high plastic zing effects are:

• Modified ligninsulphonates (MLS)

• Sulphonated melamine condensates (SMF)

• Sulphonated naphthalene condensates (SNF)

• Poly Carboxylic ethers (CE)

- 154 -

Typical performance of water reducing admixtures are outlined below:

Type of super-plasticizer Typical dosage by cement weight Water reduction

MLS 0.2-0.8% Up to 10%

SMF 1.0-3.0% Up to 25%

SNF 0.8-2.0% Up to 25%

CE (Poly Carboxylic ethers)

0.5-1.5% Up to 40%

The super-plasticizer based on Poly Carboxylic Ethers (CE) is proving much

better than others. The type and dosage of Super-plasticizer to be used shall

be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The dosage shall be

arrived at through lab. tests / mix design tests as approved by the Engineer-

in-charge.

Arrangement for slump cone test shall be kept at site to arrive at workability

whenever the Engineer-in-charge wants to check at site. Arrangement for

compacting factor test shall also be made to Tests for determination of

strength of concrete.

As will be apparent from the Bill of quantities, the strength of concrete

specified is the criterion and the contractor shall make every effort to obtain

the strength by good quality. Control. In case of concrete, which does not

obtain the specified strength at 28 days, such work shall be demolished and

reconstructed to obtain the requisite strengths, as directed by the Engineer-

in-charge. It has also to be ensured that the concrete conforms to the

durability requirements viz. all requisite parameters concerning minimum

cement content, maximum free water cement ratio and the specified cover to

steel as well as good workmanship to obtain full compaction of concrete with

non honey-combing in the finished concrete etc. have to be meticulously

implemented on the job. To determine whether concrete in any particular

part of the work is of the requisite strength or not, test cubes (works test

cubes) shall be made from samples collected from the concrete being poured

for the particular part and determined as per acceptance criteria detailed

- 155 -

hereinafter. The salient features for the collection of samples is as indicated

below.

Testing of Concrete Cubes for determining Compression strength:

1. Quality As specified

2. Compression strength Shall be as specified for the particular type of concrete.

3. Criteria for acceptance of work Part or element pf concrete work shall be deemed to be acceptable, provided the three cubes tested for 28 days strength conform to the following as per IS 456.

Acceptance criteria of concrete cubes. (As per IS 456)

The Concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength requirements

when both the following conditions are met.

(a) The mean strength – determined from any group of 4 non-over

lapping consecutive test:

(b) Any individual test result complies with the appropriate limits in column

3 of the following Table-A

Table A. Characteristic Compressive Strength Compliance

Requirement

Specified Mean of the Group of Individual Test

Grade 4 Non-Over lapping Results in N/mm2

Consecutive Test Results

In N /mm2

1 2 3

M15 ≥ fck ÷ 0.825 x established

Standard deviation (rounded

Off to nearest 0.5 N / mm2) ≥ fck –3N /mm2

fck + 3 N /mm2

which ever is greater

- 156 -

M 20 ≥ fck ÷ 0.825 x established

or standard deviation (rounded

above off to nearest 0.5 N /mm2 ≥ fck – 4N / mm2

or

Fck + 4 N / mm2

Whichever is greater

Fck = 28 days characteristic compressive strength

In the absence of established value of standard deviation, the following

values of standard deviation shall be assumed, and attempt should be made

to obtain results of 30 samples as early as possible to establish the value of

standards deviation of the specified grade of concrete.

Assumed Standard Deviation

Grade of Concrete Assumed Standard

Deviation (N /mm2)

M10 & M15 3.5

M20 & M25 4.0

M30, M35 & Above 5.0

The above values correspond to the site control having proper storage of

cement’ weigh batching of all materials; controlled addition of water regular

checking of all materials’ aggregate grading and moisture content; and

periodical checking of workability and strength. Where there is deviation from

the table, the values give above shall be increased by 1 N /mm2.

- 157 -

Concrete shall be liable to be rejected if it is porous of honey combed, its

placement has been interrupted without providing a proper construction joint,

the reinforcement has been displaced beyond the tolerance specified or the

construction tolerances have not been met. The concrete shall be accepted

only after the contractor carries out suitable remedial measures to the full

satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

In case of doubt regarding the grade of concrete used, either due to poor

workmanship or based on results of cube strength tests, core tests shall be

carried out. The points from which cores are to be taken and the number of

cores required shall be at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge and shall

be representative of the whole of concrete concerned. In no case, however,

shall fewer than three cores be tested in accordance with IS – 516. Concrete

in the member represented by a core test shall be considered acceptable if

the average equivalent cube strength of the core is equal to at least 85% of

the cube strength of the grade of concrete specified for the corresponding

age and no individual core has a strength less than 75%.

4. Quantum of Cubes and testing as per IS 456.

The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be in

accordance with the following.

Quantity of Concrete No. of samples In the work (m3) 1 - 5 1 6 - 15 2 16 - 30 3 31 - 50 4 51 and above 4 + one additional sample for

each additional 50 m3 or

part there of.

- 158 -

NOTE: At least one sample shall be taken from each shift. 3 test specimens

shall be made from each sample for testing at 28 days. Additional 3 specimen

cubes be cast to determine the strength of concrete at 7 days.

The direction of the Engineer-in-charge in this regard shall be final and

binding.

Batching and making of concrete:

All batching of aggregates and cement shall be by weight. All the necessary

equipment such as weighing equipment, devices for determination of

moisture and bulk in sand, slump cone etc. shall be provided by the

contractor. Concrete shall be machine mixed in appropriate mechanical

concrete mixtures until there is a uniform distribution of materials and

uniform colour and consistence is achieved and under no circumstances for

less than two and half minutes.

A wooden board approximately 30 cms. X 40 cms. Shall be put up at the

concrete mixture on which shall have been legibly written in English and the

local language, the quality of concrete that is being mixed, the proportions

and other relevant data.

Cubes:

The size of cubes to be prepared and tested shall be 15 x 15 x 15 cm (6” x 6”

x 6”)

Cubes each are intended for testing at 7 and 28 days respectively and

determining the strength.

Cubes tested at 7 days should give a strength of not less than 70% of the

corresponding strength of structural members and also for works at various

levels. It shall also be collected whenever the usual quality for a particular

strength is suspect. The acceptance criteria of concrete cubes as given above

and in IS 456 is to be followed. The test results of the sample shall be the

average of the strength of 3 specimens. The individual variation shall not be

more than ± 15% of the average. If more, the test results of the sample are

invalid.

- 159 -

Preparation and Testing of Cubes:

Casting of cubes, preparation of moulds for the same, processing and curing

the cubes and testing the same shall be as per detailed instruction laid down

in the relevant Indian Standard as amended up to date.

Equipment modules testing etc.

It is entire responsibility of the contractor to prepare and get the cubes tested

and provide for all materials, labour, modules, equipment, faculty and

charges for testing etc. The contractor’s rate for concrete work shall be

deemed to include for these and no extra payment whatsoever is admissible

on this account.

Slump:

The slump cone tests shall be required to be performed to establish

workability and the same shall be carried out free of cost. Suitable Plasticiser

/ Superplasticiser may need to be used, as directed by the Engineer-in-

charge, in M-20 M-30 & grade RCC to obtain the requisite workability of

concrete at the specified water cement ratio.

Form Work:

Form work shall be properly designed and constructed such that it is rigid

enough to remain free from bulging, sagging or replacement during placing

of concrete. It should also be so constructed as to facilitate removal of the

same without damage to concrete. The formwork shall be adequately

watertight to prevent any loss of liquid and grout. All formwork shall be

accurately erected in regard to size, levels etc. In case of timber form work,

the surface of forms in contact with concrete surface shall be wrought . The

joints between boards shall be close fitting and very thin for the concrete

surfaces designed to have exposed finish and not intended to be plastered.

Surface of forms coming in contact with concrete shall be treated with

approved emulsions or mineral oil. It shall be ensured that these emulsions

do not stain or discolour the natural colour of concrete.

- 160 -

All form works shall be removed as per latest IS 456. Form work shall be

removed without shock or vibration. Edges of beams and columns if required

to have chamfers shall be obtained by suitably fixing triangular edge beads

20mm x 20mm to the forms. (No extra is admissible to the contractor on

account of these incidental and minor works for sizes up to and including

20mm x 20mm). Likewise where drip notches are necessary they should be

formed by suitably shaped fillets nailed in forms.

Form works for all beams and other horizontal construction members shall be

built to an upward camber of 1/300” of the span (in the center) to nullify the

effects of optical illusion. The camber shall be in addition to such camber as

may be required and shown in the Static Calculations.

The tolerance on the shapes, lines and dimensions shown in the drawings

shall be within the limits given below:

(i) Deviation from specified dimensions of cross-section

of columns and beams……………………………..+ 12mm

- 6

(ii) Deviation from dimensions of footings

1. Dimensions in plan…………………………+ 50mm

- 12

2. Eccentricity………………………………….0.02 times the width of the

Of deviation but not more

than 50mm.

3. Thickness…………………………………...± 0.05 times the specified

Thickness.

(iii) Plumb, specified Batter, the lines & surface of

Columns walls etc…………………………….± 12 mm (in 3m of height)

± 18 mm (in 6m of height)

& ± 30 mm (in 12m of height)

- 161 -

After the forms have been erected to line and grade, the same shall be

meticulously inspected as to their adequacy. If the forms are not tight, there

will be loss of mortar, which shall result in honey-combing of concrete or a

loss of water which shall cause sand streaking. If the inspection reveals that

the forms are not braced sufficiently to stay in alignment during concrete

placement, concreting operation shall not be commenced till the Contractor

sets right the deficiencies and the forms re-inspected and found O.K. it shall

also be checked during inspection that the formwork as erected conforms to

the specified line, grade, alignment to the specified tolerance limits. Fully

adequate rigidity of forms is of paramount importance since the tolerance

limits specified are for the finished concrete and NOT for the forms.

Consolidation of concrete by the vibratos requires that the forms be tight and

strong. Stability is a very important consideration in the form work and the

Contractor shall be made to understand that the common deficiencies

resulting in failure of formwork are :

(i) Inadequate cross bracing: (ii) Inadequate horizontal bracing : (iii) failure

to regulate the rate of placement of concrete in the forms and (iv) abnormal

form displacements during & after concrete placement due to inadequate

provision for lateral pressures.

The contractor should ensure that ready access is provided for proper

placement of concrete, vibration of concrete, and for inspection of these

operations.

Horizontal Construction Joints : A very common blemish on formed

concrete surfaces in the off “set” often found at horizontal construction joints

where forms have given way (viz yielded) a fraction of couple of centimeters

at the bottom of the new lift. These off –sets should be prevented by so

setting the forms as to fit snugly & tight against the top of concrete in the

previous lift and then securing the forms so as to remain in tight contact

during the concrete placement operation. The anchoring shall be done by

using an ample number of ties and bolts above and within a few centimeters

- 162 -

of the construction joint. The ties in the top of previous lift cannot be relied

on to prevent a slight spreading of the forms at the joint. Forms shall overlap

the hardened concrete in the lift previously placed by not more than about 50

mm, though 25 mm lap is considered satisfactory. The Contractor should take

utmost care to ensure that the construction joints are smooth, free from

sharp deviations, projections or edges.

Spalling from the face of concrete : Occasionally, spalling may occur

from the face of concrete when forms are removed. This is often caused by

rough spots on the forms where mortar adheres strongly enough to

overcome the tensile strength of green concrete. Such areas on the forms

must be cleaned, polished and the covered with form oil by the contractor.

Wire brushing of timber forms shall be done very carefully to remove the set-

mortar.

Filling of Bolt Holes (she – Bolts ) or Holes of ties / Rods. The holes left in

the concrete surfaces by the She – bolts or rods etc. shall be duly reamed,

cleared, cleaned and filled with – “dry pack mortar” by the Contractor within

a reasonable period of the removal of formwork. Such filling shall be made

flush with the concrete surface. No holes shall be left without the dry-pack

mortar filling.

Inspection of Forms : The Contractor shall inform the Engineer-in-charge

well in time (well before commencement of placement of concrete in the

forms) to enable him or his representative to inspect the formwork as to its

adequacy, suitability, alignment, strength and overall fitness. However, such

inspection shall NOT relieve/ absolve the Contractor of his SOLE

RESPONSIBILITY for the proper formwork, and safety of men, materials,

equipment and the consequent results / consequences.

Transporting and Pouring of Concrete :

No mixing of concrete shall be started unless the situation where they are to

be poured are prepared and kept ready. Concrete shall be poured

immediately on preparation. Transporting of concrete shall be done as

- 163 -

speedily as possible and also in a manner to prevent segregation of

aggregates. No retempered concrete shall be allowed to be used on the

works. No concrete shall be allowed to fall from a height more than 1.2o Mt.

Where the concrete to be placed at more depth it should be done through

chute as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

Lift of concreting shall normally be not greater than 2.00 m in height.

Before fresh concrete is placed against an already cast and hardened section,

such surfaces shall be roughened, swept clean, moistened with water and

treated with cement slurry. Fresh concrete shall then be poured as required.

Under no circumstances, concrete mixed for more than 20 minutes shall be

used where initial setting has commenced. Dewatering of excavations for

concreting where necessary shall be carried out by the contractor as directed

and the rates quoted by the contractor are deemed to be inclusive of such

dewatering. No concreting shall be done in adverse weather condition without

proper precautions or approval from Engineer-in-charge. No hand-mixing of

concrete shall be allowed. In an exceptional / unavoidable circumstance, it

shall be allowed under the specific approval of Engineer-in-charge and that

too for a small or restricted quantity only , and in such a situation, 10% more

cement shall be used than that used when concrete ingredients are machine

mixed.

Consolidation and processing of Concrete :

Concrete for all works shall be compacted by means of suitable vibrating

equipment. Spare vibrators needles which are in complete working condition

shall always be kept ready at sites to be put into commission incase of failure

of the vibrators or needles under use. The vibrators shall be operated by

skilled personnel, thoroughly instructed as regards the mode, frequency,

duration etc. regarding vibration.

Finish to concrete surfaces :

Finish to concrete surfaces at various situations shall be as per directions of

engineer-in-charge. where form finish is specified, the final surface shall be

- 164 -

smooth and even and no-undulations, ridges, spots etc. shall be permitted.

They shall be laid to pattern as directed. In case surfaces intended and

directed for form finish, exhibit any of the defects above mentioned, the

surfaces shall be rubbed with carborundum and finished as directed at the

risk and cost of the contractor. The decision as to the acceptability or

otherwise of a surface will be notified by engineer-in-charge and the

contractor will implement the instructions accordingly. The honey-combed

concrete shall be meticulously rectified to the full satisfaction of the engineer-

in-charge.

Concrete Cover for Reinforcement :

Where not specifically indicated in the drawings, concrete cover for

reinforcement shall be as per the latest Indian Standards and as per

directions at site from time to time. Proper concrete cover blocks to suite

various covers as required shall be provided in adequate numbers sufficiently

ahead of the work.

In respect of the nominal cover to steel reinforcement., it should not be less

than the following to meet the durability requirement ( as per IS 456:2000) :-

Exposure Environment Exposure classification Nominal concrete cover in mm not less than

Concrete surfaces sheltered from saturated air in coastal areas

Moderate 30

Concrete exposed to coastal environment

Severe 45

Concrete exposed to sea water spray / or in contact with aggressive soils / water.

Very Severe 50

Construction joints in concrete work shall be provided as far as possible only

at predetermined places in consultation with Engineer- in-charge. Joints shall

- 165 -

be provided as specified in latest Indian standards or as directed by Engineer-

in-charge.

Curing :

It is very important that all cement concrete work shall be cured properly. All

concrete work shall be kept continuously in a damp or wet condition by

pouring or by covering with a layer of moist sack, canvas, hession or similar

material for a minimum period of 14 days from the date of concreting as per

IS 456, prolonged curing beyond even 14 days shall be desirable (viz keeping

the concrete continuously wet). Since the Water –cement ratio of concrete

shall be low (0.45 to0.50), it is all the more important to ensure prevent of

moisture loss from the concrete through fool-proof and prolonged curing.

Water used for curing shall also be free from any deleterious substances and

shall generally be fit for drinking. The work shall be adequately protected

from drying, winds and direct sun rays. The contractor should arrange at his

own cost a temporary water supply line with provision of suitable lines, pump

etc. for curing and constructional purpose to reach all heights.

The contractor shall not be allowed to commence the work of concrete

placement until he makes all the curing arrangements to the full satisfaction

of the engineer-in-charge (viz. water tanks, pumps, delivery lines, spray

nozzles etc. as well as the requisite crew earmarked specifically for

undertaking curing). Payment for the concrete placed shall be made only

after its specified curing has been done to the full satisfaction of the

engineer-in-charge.

Membrane Curing :

Approved curing compounds may be used in lieu of moist curing with the

permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Such compounds shall be applied to all

exposed surfaces of concrete as soon as possible after the concrete has set

viz after the shine disappears. Application of curing compound shall

preferably, be through spraying with a nozzle. The type of curing compound

- 166 -

and its dosage shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The

Engineer may get the curing compound tested in a reputed laboratory for its

suitability. Payment for the concrete placed shall be made only after the

completion of proper membrane curing of concrete.

Opening and inserts :

All opening and inserts which are designated in due time or as required for

services, will be exactly provided by the contractor including supply of

materials. The contractor should also fix the anchors or such items which

maybe supplied by the proprietor in exact position and in perfect lines and

levels, inserts apply to such items as timber, dowels, bolts, loop, brackets,

suspension, irons, hooks , screws, plates, pipe of various types and diameter

etc. Openings in concrete or masonry must be provided in exact location, to

correct shape, size and depth or slightly bigger, as shown in drawings or as

instructed. It must be clearly understood that provisions of inserts and

openings as contemplated in this contract are to be carried out with “utmost

precision” and any deviation of the same from that as shown in drawing or

instructed have to be rectified by the contractor at his own cost and

responsibility. The contractor should make provision of openings to deep

beams and their members at bottom or at lower level as necessary for

cleaning purpose prior to concreting.

Steel reinforcement :

All reinforcement for concrete work shall be corrosion resistance steel (CRS

42) and conforming strictly to the latest Indian Standards. They shall be of

tested quality. Reinforcement shall be fabricated to shapes and dimensions

shown on the drawing and shall be placed where indicated on the drawings

or required to carry out the intent of drawing and specifications or as directed

by Engineer in charge. Before placing, reinforcement shall be thoroughly

cleaned of loose rust, coating etc. which would result in reducing or

destroying the bond. Oiling the bars to clean them is strictly prohibited.

Bending, straightening, cutting etc. operations shall be carried out in a

- 167 -

manner not injurious to the material. Assembly of reinforcement, placing of

reinforcement, Tolerance for Cover, welding of joints etc. shall generally

conform to the Indian Standard specifications. IS 456.

Placing of Reinforcement.

(i) Before the reinforcement is placed, the surfaces of bars and the

surfaces of any metal bar supports shall be cleaned of all rust,

loose mill scale, dirt grease and any other objectionable matter.

(ii) All reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed in exact position

shown in drawings and shall be securely held in position during

placement of concrete by annealed binding wire, and by using

stays, blocks, metal chairs, spacers or other approved devices at

sufficiently close intervals (less than 1 m interval) so that the bars

do not sag.

(iii) Wire for binding reinforcement shall be soft and of annealed mild

steel of 16 SWG and shall conform to IS 280

(iv) The bars shall not be allowed to sag between the supports and also

not allowed to be displaced during concrete placement. Also, the

contractor has to ensure that no disturbance is caused to the

reinforcement bars already placed in concrete.

(v) All devices used for positioning of bars shall be of non-corrodible

material. Metal supports shall not extend to the surface of concrete

except where shown in the drawings. Pieces of broken stone or

brick or wooden block shall not be used.

(vi) The contractor must ensure that the CONCRETE COVER AS

SPECIFIED, IS METICULOUSLY PROVIDED.

All bars protruding from concrete and to which other bars are to be

spliced, and which are likely to be exposed for a long period. SHALL

BE PROTECTED BYA THICK COAT OF NEAT CEMENT GROUT.

- 168 -

(vii) Reinforcing bars of 25 mm in diameter and less may be either

lapped or but welded whichever is considered more practical by the

Engineer.

(viii) Reinforcing bars of 28 mm in diameter and larger may be

connected by butt welding provided that the lapped devices will be

permitted if found to be more practical than butt welding and

furthermore that the lapping does not encroach on cover limitation

or hinder concrete or reinforcement placement. Electric are welding

shall, preferably, be used.

(ix) Tolerance for Cover. Unless specified otherwise, actual concrete

cover should not deviate from the required /specified nominal cover

by + 10 mm.

All reinforcement shall be bent cold. Unless otherwise directed,

reinforcement shall not be spliced at points of maximum stresses.

Engineer in charge shall be informed of the same before such

splicing is taken up. Laps and splicing shall conform to the latest

Indian Standards.

Reinforcement shall be accurately tied at all intersections and laps

with 16 SWG soft drawn binding wire, such that the reinforcement

will give a rigid structure. Binding wire will not be measured or

accounted for separately. The contractor’s rate for reinforcement

will be measured and paid for according to bending lists without

allowances for cutting, wastage, binding wire etc. authorised laps,

hooks, chairs, spacers etc. shall however be accounted for in case,

the contractor or engineer desires to resort to welding or swivel

nuts, there shall however be made as if the laps have been

provided and no extra claim whatsoever shall be admissible on this

account

Reinforcement shall be assembled in place with proper concrete

cover blocks to suite various covers as required.

- 169 -

Measurements :

All measurements shall be as given below or where not given as

per latest IS : 1200. Concrete will be compensated for according to

its actual volume.

The computation will be based upon the construction plans only

and no site measurements shall be taken for this purpose. All

incidental work stated in the Technical specifications and also

dewatering at the time of concreting are deemed to have been

included for in the unit prices quoted by the contractor. Opening

with an area larger than 0.1 sqm shall be deducted from concrete

quantity and where openings are smaller, these shall not be

deducted.

Form work will be measured and paid for according to their contact

area. The unit prices of the forms incorporates all scaffolds, nails,

clamps, and all incidental work. Openings with an area larger than

2 m2 shall be deducted from work quantities and the form work

required for sides of such openings shall be paid for. Openings of

less than 1 m2 area shall not be deducted from work quantities and

no allowance for from work for sides of such openings shall be

made.

Reinforcement steel will be compensated for according to the

approved bending lists without allowances for dutting, rolling

margin and waste. Binding wire, cover blocks etc. will not be

measured or paid for separately. The contractor shall prepare the

Bar Bending Schedules and incorporate the same on the

reinforcement drawings as directed and submit it to engineer in

charge for approval.

All openings and inserts which are indicated in drawings and as per

requirements for services shall be provided at exact positions and

no payments shall be made for providing or fixing these. Only such

- 170 -

openings or inserts which have not been indicated earlier or such

additional openings / inserts required specially due to changes

made by engineer in charge shall be paid for. Excepting for the

above, all other measurements shall be as per stipulations under

the latest Indian Standards Mode of Measurements for Building

works.

1.4 A. Under reamed Piles : Latest I.S. specifications to be

followed for execution of the items are 1 I.S. 2911 (Part – III &

part IV) . revised 2. I.S. 455 3. I.S. 456 4 I.S. 383 5. I.S. 1786 6.

I.S. 2720.

1. General : At the time of filling his tender, the contractor

shall visit and inspect existing site to examine the nature of ground,

type of soil levels etc. No claim or allowance what so ever shall be

admissible on this account or on account of omissions in the levels

or the description of the ground turning out to be different from

what was shown on the drawings.

2. Setting out : The contractor shall locate and layout all the

piles at his own cost or as per drawings and approval of the

Engineer in charge. If at any time during the progress of the work

any error shall appear or arise in the position, levels, divergence &

alignment of any part of the work, the contractor on being required

to do so by the engineer in charge shall at his own cost rectify such

errors to the satisfaction of the engineer in charge unless such

error is based on incomplete data supplied to the contractor. The

contractor shall carefully protect all bench marks. Pillars, sight rails,

pegs and other things used tin setting out.

B. Material :

1. Concrete : The concrete for piling work shall be controlled

as per specifications for the cement concrete and of grade

specified on the drawings.

- 171 -

2. Reinforcement : The reinforcement for piling work shall be

as per specifications for the cement concrete and of grade

specified on the drawings.

3. Bentonite : Bentonite as brought to the site and prior to

mixing shall be in accordance with the following

specifications :

(a) a certificate is to be obtained by the contractor from

manufacture of the bentonite powder stating the manufacturer’s

consignment and the properties of consignment as determined by

the manufacturer. The certificate shall be made available to the

engineer in charge on request.

(b) The bentonite powder shall be mixed thoroughly with clean

fresh water. The percentage of bentonite used to make the

suspension shall be such as to maintain the stability of the

excavation trench / bore.

(c ) Control tests are to be carried out on the bentonite

suspension using suitable apparatus to determine.

A. The density

B. The viscosity

C. The shear strength

D. The PH value of the freshly mixed bentonite

These tests shall be carried out initially until consistent working

pattern has been established.

4. When the tests show consistent behaviour some or all tests maybe

discontinued at the discretion of the engineer in charge.

5. Prior to placing concrete the contractor shall ensure that

contaminated bentonite suspension has not accumulated in the

bottom of the trench to impair the free flow of concrete. The

contractor shall state the method of testing checking this item

- 172 -

along with the tender and obtain approval of the engineer in

charge prior to commencement of the work.

6. The temperature of the water used in mixing bentonite suspension

and of the suspension and of the suspension supplied to the trench

excavation shall not be less than 5 deg. Centigrade.

7. During construction the level of the bentonite suspension in the

trench shall be maintained within the depth of the guide walls and

at a level not less than 1.0 m. above the level of external standing

water if any.

8. In the event of the sudden loss of bentonite suspension, the trench

shall be backfilled without delay and the instruction of the

engineer-in-charge shall be obtained on further course of action.

9. Where saline or chemically contaminated water is encountered,

special measures shall be taken as desired by the Engineer-in-

charge.

10. All reasonable steps shall be taken to prevent the spillage of

bentonite suspension on the site away from the immediate vicinity

of the wall. Discarded bentonite and suspension, which has been

pumped from the trench, shall be immediately removed from the

site.

C. Piling System.

1. These specifications cover only bored cast-in-situ under reamed

piles.

2. Termination levels of piles shall be as shown on the drawings or as

decided by the engineer-in-charge during the progress of

construction keeping in view the initial test result.

3. In order to satisfy himself about the adequacy of the proposed

length and anticipated safe load carrying capacity of the piles the

contractor shall examine the soil data available with the engineer-

in-charge.

- 173 -

4. A pile capacity assumed by the contractor in his quotation whether

it is the one that is given in the drawing or is the one computed by

him will be guaranteed by him.

5. The assumed safe carrying capacity of the piles shall confirm to

relevant I.S. specification for working piles.

6. If the interpretation of load test indicates that the safe bearing

capacity of the piles is less than the assumed and guaranteed by

the contractor additional piles will be provided by the contractor at

his own cost.

7. The contractor shall guarantee safe bearing capacity of all piles.

D. Under Reamed Piles:

1. Under reamed piles shall generally be in accordance with the

relevant provisions of IS2911.

2. The diameter of the under reamed bulb shall be 2.5 times the

diameter of the pile stem.

3. Unless shown the center to center spacing to the piles shall not be

less than twice the diameter of the bulb.

4. The piles shall be designed to carry compressive as well as up lift

forces due to ground water head.

5. The theoretical calculation of the load carry capacity and the uplift

or anchorage capacity of the piles based on the soil conditions shall

be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge.

6. Effect of grouping the piles shall be considered in the design

calculations.

7. The Engineer-in-charge reserves the full right of demanding

modification or complete revision of design calculations submitted

by the contractor.

8. The Engineer-in-charge reserves the full right to adjust the bearing

capacity of the piles depending on the performance of test loading.

E. Construction of Techniques:

- 174 -

1. Safety of existing structure: The contractor shall take every

precaution to avoid damage to the existing structures in the vicinity

as a result of construction of pile foundations. All claims arising out

of damage to the existing structure due to the construction of piles

shall be done by contractor.

a. Bore holes: Boreholes shall be made by any standard method. The

contractor will submit along with the tender a description of the

equipment and of the method of the boring he proposes to use for

checking and approval by the Engineer-in-charge.

3. If high water table is encountered causing possible instability of the

bores, boring and under reaming shall be carried out using a

suitable fluid such as betonies slurry. In addition normal spiral or

modified augers having arrangements to avoid back suction shall

be used.

F. Placing of Concrete:

1. The boreholes shall be cleaned of all soil cuttings and sediments

before placing concrete.

2. Concrete shall be placed through a funnel so as to fill the entire

volume of borehole without formation of voids. Mechanical

vibrators shall not be used.

3. Under water concreting shall be carried out by displacement

method and a termite pipe of diameter of not less than 15 cm

having suitable protective arrangement at the lower end may be

used.

4. The minimum pile stem diameter for under water concreting shall

be 25 cm.

5. The volume of concrete placed shall be observed in the case of first

few lines. The average figure thus obtained shall be used to check

possible undue variations in the volume in the subsequent piles. In

case of significant variations, the contractor shall investigate the

- 175 -

possible causes to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer-in-

charge whose decision in this regard will be final and binding on

the contractor.

6. When using the bentonite slurry technique utmost care shall be

taken to avoid mixing of slurry with concrete. In any case the

method of concreting shall be subject to the approval of the

Engineer-in-charge.

G. Finish Pile Heads:

1. The top of the piles shall be brought up above the specified cut off

level by at least 30cm. To permit all the laitance and weak concrete

to be removed and to ensure that the pile can be properly keyed

into the pile cap by a minimum of 5 cm. This additional concrete

shall not however be paid extra.

2. The reinforcement in the pile shall be exposed for a length of at

least 50 times the diameter of the Tor steel used or as specified in

the drawings beyond the theoretical point of cut off of the pile to

permit to be adequately bended into the pile cap.

H. Control of Alignment and Tolerances:

1. Errors in setting out shall not exceed 12mm, measured horizontally

from the center of the piles.

2. If the piles are not found to be in the exact position or out of

plumb by more than 1% or if they are found to be skew or

defective in any other manner, they shall be rejected and the

decision of the Engineer-in-charge will be final and binding in this

regard.

I. Defective Piles.

1. The Engineer-in-charge will have full authority to reject any pile at

the time of chipping of excess concrete to bring the level of the pile

head to the cut off level, in case it is found that,

- 176 -

i. Diameter of the pile at the cut off level is smaller than the

diameter specified.

ii. Location of the pile is outside the limitations prescribed in these

specifications.

iii. Concrete at the cut off level is of poor quality or is of less strength

than had been specified.

iv. Diameter of bars, spacing, shapes or lengths of piles reinforcement

do not conform to details given in the drawings or the

reinforcement cage is disfigured, distorted, displaced or other wise

damaged in any manner.

v. Anchorage length of the reinforcement bars at the cut of level is

inadequate.

2. The contractor shall make good the piles, pull out the piles or

provide new piles in place of the rejected piles at his own cost and

without any additional cost to the client even if the pile had been

accepted at the time of boring. The final acceptance of all piles

shall be made after the pile head has been brought to the cut off

level, all reinforcement required to be embodied in pile cap

exposed and after all measurement have been completed vis a vis

the layout of the piles.

J. Load Tests:

1. Testing Procedure: The contractor, along with his tender, shall

submit a description of his procedure for carrying out load tests.

The engineer-in-charge reserves the full right to demand a

modification of the test procedure proposed by the contractor at no

extra cost.

2. Number of Initial test Piles: To determine the safe load of a pile

or group of piles the cyclone shelter as per IS 2911 (Part IV). No

payment shall be made for initial test piles and it’s testing. The

- 177 -

contractor should include in his rate his expenditure towards initial

load test piles and initial load testing.

3. Routine Load test: Routine test shall be conducted on 2% of the

total number of piles, for which the contractor will be paid as per

relevant items in the BOQ.

4. Equipment : The contractor shall provide all necessary equipment

for applying specified vertical load on the top of the test pile and

for measuring the settlement of the pile.

5. Loading device : the device for giving the vertical load shall be of

suitable design to avoid impact, lateral forces, tilting etc. and shall

have an arrangement for gradual application of load and for

readings at close intervals. The load shall be in the form of suitable

kentledge.

6. Apparatus for measuring settlement : The apparatus for

measuring settlement shall consist of a dial gauge permitting a

reading of 0.02 mm accuracy. The dial gauges shall be fixed to the

datum bar whose ends rest upon non-movable supports. The

supports for datum bar with reference to which the settlement of

the pile would be measured shall be at least 5 d away, clear from

piles, “d” being the diameter of the piles.

7. Loading procedure : the head of the pile shall be at the cut off

level and shall be capped in such a manner as to prepare a

horizontal place – bearing surface. The maximum test load shall be

twice the anticipated working load on the pile Alternative loading

and un loading shall be carried out for 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150,

175, 200 percent of the anticipated safe test load. Settlement and

time shall be recorded in the beginning and end of loading and also

for at least 2 hours after completion of each loading and unloading.

8. Sustained loading : The maximum test load of twice the

anticipated working load on the pile shall be applied in increments

- 178 -

of 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 per cent of the anticipated

working load. Settlement reading shall be taken to the accuracy of

0.02 mm before and after the application of each new load

increment. Additional load shall not be applied until the rate of

settlement under the previous increments is less than 0.02 mm per

hour or 2 hours have elapsed which ever occurs first. When loading

has been completed, the full test load shall remain on the pile for

24 hours or for a longer period if the necessity is there or if

indicated by the rate of the settlement of the pile and settlement

reading shall be taken during and at the end of the period. During

the unloading of the pile, the rebound shall be measured when the

load remaining on the pile amount to 75, 50, 25 and 0% of the full

test load with decrements of load released at not less than half

hour intervals and with measurements of the rebound being

released at not less than half hour intervals and with

measurements of the rebound being made immediately before and

after each decrement. The final rebound shall be recorded 24 hours

after the entire test load has been removed.

9. Reports : The contractor shall submit the report of the load test,

which shall include the following information.

a) A description of the soil condition at the location of each test pile.

b) A description of the pile and its boring record including boring time,

rate, types of soil strata encountered and the stability of the sides,

density of the betonies used and any other relevant data.

c) A tabulation of the loads and settlement readings during the

loading and unloading of the pile.

d) Time load settlement curves.

e) Remarks concerning unusual occurrences if any during boring or

loading of piles.

K. Basis of measurement :

- 179 -

a) The length of the pile shall be measured from the theoretical cur-

off point of the pile to its termination level.

b) The length of the empty boring will be measured from the top of

existing ground level at the time of starting of the particular pile to

top of the theoretical point if cut off of the particular pile.

c) The rate for the piles shall include the boring concreting with slump

as per IS specifications complete in all respects in respective of the

construction technique used unless otherwise specified in the

schedule of quantities.

d) The rate for load testing shall include the cost of all different

operations involved like arrangements of the equipment including

all Kent ledge, or dial gauge as well as preparation and furnishing

of reports complete in all respect.

e) The payment for the routine test pile or group of piles shall be

made to the contractor only when the test is found to be

satisfactory. For tests, which are found to be unsatisfactory, or

which are not completed due to any reason whatsoever, no

payment shall be made to the contractor.

L. Interpretation of test results :

1. All test results and piling records shall be submitted to the

engineer-in-charge in duplicate for his confirmation.

2. Test results shall generally be interpreted is per relevant Indian

Standard Code of practice. The engineer-in-charge may refer the

test results to the consultants for their opinion and decision.

1.5 MASONRY

Materials :

• All bricks shall be table molded, burnt bricks of required class &

quality. They shall be hard sound and well burnt with sharp edges

and of uniform sizes & shapes. Bricks shall be a neither under burnt

- 180 -

nor over burnt and shall be free from cracks, stone floats, or other

such defects.

• When immersed in water for 24 hours, a brick shall not absorb

more water than 20% of its dry weight. All bricks shall be identical

/ equal to samples submitted and approved by Engineer-in-charge

before the commencement of the work. Crushing strength of the

class bricks shall not be less than 70 kg. / cm2. Metallic sound of

brick is also a criteria for the above class and quality.

• Cement and Sand

IS gradation of sand for masonry and plastering work should be as

follows.

The sand shall be well graded so as to impart good workability and

good finishing. The gradation requirement of sand shall be as

follows :

1. Sand for masonry work( As per IS 2116)

Sl. No.

IS Sieve size Percentage of passing by weight

1. 4.785 mm 100 2. 2.36 mm 90-100 3. 1.18 mm 70-100 4. 600 microns 40-100 5. 300 microns 5-70 6. 150 microns 0-15 2. Sand for Plastering( As per IS 1542)

Sl. No.

IS Sieve size Percentage of passing by weight

1. 10 mm 100 2. 4.75 mm 95-100 3. 2.36 mm 95-100 4. 1.18 mm 90-100 5. 600 microns 80-100 6. 300 microns 20-65 7. 150 microns 0-50

• Additives :

- 181 -

Additives, like integral water proofing compounds, shall be of

the approved type from reputed manufacturers, These shall be

used strictly in accordance with the manufacture’s instructions/

specifications. The additives shall confirm to IS : 9103.

Samples :

When demanded by engineer-in-charge, the contractor shall

produce samples of materials / carryout samples of work for

Engineer-in-charge. All materials used as also works carried out

shall conform to the quality of approved samples Production of

these samples shall be at contractors cost.

Brick masonry :

Brick shall be soaked in clear water for at least six hours in a vat

before use. The average water absorption of brick after

immersion in water shall not be more than 20 % by weight.

Bricks shall be laid in English bond unless specified otherwise.

No half or quarter brick shall be used except as closures. Bricks

shall be accurately raised to plumb.

Brick work shall be raised uniform all round and no part shall be

raised more than 1 meter above another at any time. And the

work shall be properly toothed and racked back.

In case of 11.5 cm thick brick walls, hoop iron reinforcement

25mm x 12 to 16 gauge or wire netting reinforcement shall be

provided in every fourth course. The reinforcement shall be

properly bedded in mortar, properly lagged etc. all as directed.

The contractor will have to build in holdfast and such other

fittings in brick work without extra cost.

Joints in brick work shall not be more than 10 mm thick. Brick

work shall not be raised more than 10 to 12 courses a day. The

work shall be kept watered thrice a day for 10 days and

afterwards twice a day for 3 weeks. All joints shall be

- 182 -

thoroughly flushed with mortar at every course. Care shall be

taken to see that bricks are properly bedded and all vertical

joints completely filled to the full depth. The joining of brick

work shall be hauled out to a depth not less than 10 mm as the

work proceeds. The surface of brick work shall be cleaned down

and watered properly before the mortar sets.

Construction joints are to be provided at an interval of 30m in

case of boundary wall or where the length of brick wall is long.

The contractor shall also make or leave holes recesses as

required and fill in the same at a later date with lean concrete

of m.5 as directed with no extra cost.

“FALG” bricks of proper size & quality as approved by engineer-

in-charge can be used in walls in place of clay bricks. Hollow

concrete blocks of approved size, strength& quality can also be

allowed to be used in masonry as approved by engineer-in-

charge at site in place of clay bricks.

Measurements :

1. General

All the rates quoted by the contactor shall be for a fully finished

item of work and shall include for all material, labour,

miscellaneous works like storage, loading / unloading,

scaffolding, hoisting gear etc. as also all taxes, duties,

overhead, profits, etc.

2. Masonry

Accounts on masonry shall be settled on the basis of cubic

meters or squre meters as indicated in the bill of quantities.

Quantities will be decided on the basis of pertinent plants.

Openings and recesses which exceeds 0.10 cum will be

deducted from the quantities. Openings left initially on specific

instructions or as required shall be closed at a later date, if so

- 183 -

instructed by Engineer-in-charge, at no extra cost. Similarly, all

openings, recesses, grooves etc, shall be provided at no extra

cost. All materials supplied by clients shall be fixed in masonry

free of charge.

1.6 Wood work and joinery :

Timber :

• Unless otherwise specified all timber for frames of door,

windows & ventilators should be best quality sal wood. The

timber should be free from knots, shakes, fissure, flaws, sub-

cracks & other defects. The surface shall be smooth & free from

blemishes & discolorations.

• All timber for carpentry and joinery in touch with masonry or

concrete shall be painted with wood preservative before fixing.

• All fully fabricated timber shall be seasoned and chemically

treated. The preparation of timber for joinery is to commence

simultaneously with the beginning of the project work generally

and should proceed continuously until all the wood work is

prepared and fixed / stacked on/ near the site as the case may

be.

Workmanship and Construction :

• The workmanship shall be first class and to the approval of the

Engineer-in-charge. Scantling and boardings shall be accurately

sawn and shall be of required width and thickness. All

carpenters work shall be wrought except where other wise

described. The workmanship and joinery shall be accurately set

out in strict accordance with the drawing and shall be framed

together and securely fixed in approved manner and with

properly made joints. All work is to be properly made joints. All

work is to be properly tenoned shouldered wedged pinned,

braded etc. and properly glued with approved quality adhesive

- 184 -

to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. Door / window

frames shall have cut rebates. Planted rebated shall not be

permitted. Where door frames are fixed flush with plaster to

walls, wooden cover mould of 40mm x 12 mm to be provided.

Doors, windows Frames :

The specification for frames of doors, windows, ventilators and

clear story windows are described here. The frames shall

wrought, framed and fixed in position as per detailed drawing

and as directed by the engineer. Specified timber shall be used,

and it shall be sawn in the direction of the grains. Sawing shall

be truly straight and square. The scanting shall be planed

smooth and accurate to the full dimensions, rebates, rounding

and mouldings as shown in the drawings made, before

assembling. Patching or plugging of any kind shall not be

permitted except as provided. A tolerance of 2 / 3 mm shall be

allowed in the finished cross section dimensions of door and

windows frames.

Joints :

These shall be of notice and tenon type, simple, neat and

strong. Martice and tenon joints shall fit in fully and accurately

with out wedging or filling. The joints shall be glueed, framed,

put together and planned with hard wood or bamboo pins not

less than 10 mm dia after the frames are put together in

position by means of a press.

Glueing of joints :

The contact surface of tenon and mortice joints shall be treated

before putting together with synthetic resin adhesive of make

approved by engineer.

Fixing in Position :

- 185 -

Before the frames are fixed in position, these shall be inspected

and passed by the engineer. The frame shall be placed in

proper position and secured to walls or columns as the case

maybe with metallic fastner, iron hold fasts as per direction of

the Engineer-in-charge.

Incase of door frames without sills. The vertical members shall

be embedded in the flooring to its full depth when sills are

provided. These sills shall be embedded and sunk in the floor to

its full depth. The door frames without sills while being placed in

position, shall be suitably strutted and wedged in order to

prevent warping during construction. the frames shall also be

protected from damage, during construction.

Measurement :

Wood work wrought and framed shall be measured for finished

dimensions. No allowance shall be made for wastage and for

dimensions supplied beyond those specified. Length of each

peace shall be measured over all nearest to one cm, so as to

include projections for tenons, scarps or meters, width or

thickness shall be measured to the nearest mm.

In case of mouldings, roundings, rebates circular and varying

section, the sectional area of the piece shall be taken as the

area of the least squre of the rectangle from which such a

section can be cut.

Rate :

The rate include the cost of materials and labour involved in all

the operations, described above.

Panelled Shutter :

Solid wood panel for shutters shall be pattered and sized as

specified. Where ever possible each panel shall be in a single

width piece. But where two pieces were used, width of each

- 186 -

panel should not be less than 12.5 cm. When made from more

than one piece, the pieces shall be jointed with a continous

tongued and grouped joint and glued together and a reinforced

with metal dowels. The grains of solid panel shall be framed in

to grooves to the full depth of the grooves leaving in air space

of 1.5 mm and the faces shall be closely fitted to the sides of

the grooves. Mouldings to the edge of panel opening shall be

scribed at the joints. Approved sample should be kept at the

site office as per direction of engineer.

Joinery work :

Joinery work shall be started immediately, after the

commencement of the buildings work. All pieces shall be

accurately cut and planed smooth to the full dimensions without

any patching or plugging of any kind. Rebates roundings and

mouldings as shown in drawings shall be made before

assembling. The thickness of styles and rails shall be as

specified for the shutters. All members of the door shutters shall

be straight without any warp or bow and shall have smooth,

well-planed faces at right angles to each other. The corners and

edges of planed faces at right angles to each other. The corners

and edges of panels shall be finished as shown in drawings, and

these shall have mitred joints with the styles. Styles and rails

shall be properly and accurately mortised and tenoned. Rails

which are more than 180 mm in width shall have two tenons.

Styles and end rails of shutters shall be made out of one piece

only. The tenons shall pass through styles of atleast 3/4th of the

width of the style. When assembling a leaf, styles shall be left

projecting as a horn. The styles and rails shall have 12 mm

grove in panelled portion for the panel to fit in.

- 187 -

The depth of rebate in frames for hosing the shutters shall in all

cases be 1.25 mm and the rebate in shutters for closing in

double shutter doors or windows shall not be less than 2 cm in

the case of double leafed shutters, the meeting of the styles

shall be rebated 20 mm. The rebate shall be splayed.

The journey work shall be assembled and passed by the

Engineer-in-charge and then the joints shall be pressed, and

secured by bamboo pins of abvout 6 mm diameter. The horns

of styles shall be sawn off.

Tolerance :

The finished work with a tolerance of + 1 mm in thickness +

2/3 mm in width of styles and rails shall be accepted.

Grounding of joints :

The contact surface of tenon and mortar joints shall be treated

before putting together with bulk type synthetic resin adhesive

of a make approved by the Engineer. Shutters shall not be

painted, oiled or otherwise treated, before these are fixed in

position and passed by the Engineer-in-charge. Mountings and

glazing bars shall be stubtenoned to the maximum depth of 25

mm, whichever is less. Thickness of each tenon shall be

approximately one third the finished thickness of the members

and the width of each tenon shall not exceed five times its

thickness.

Beading :

Timber, plywood, hard board and particle board panels, shall be

fixed only width grooves but additional beading may not be

provided either on one side or on both sides. In so far as glass

and asbestos penals are concerned beading shall always be

provided without grooves. Where beading is provided without

grooves, the beading shall be only one side, the other side

- 188 -

being supported by rebate from the styles. For external doors

and windows beading shall be fixed on the outside.

Fittings :

Details of fittings to be provided as per the schedule of fittings

All fittings will be of aluminum or stainless steel.

Measurements :

Length and width of the shutters shall be measured to the

nearest cm in closed position covering the rebates of the frame

but excluding the gap between the shutter and the frame.

Overlap of two shutters shall not be measured. All work shall be

measured net as fixed.

No extra payment shall be made for shape joints etc.

Rate :

It includes the cost of materials and labour involved in all the

operations described above.

1.7 CEMENT PLASTERING( Internal & External):

The cement plaster shall be 8 mm, 12mm or 20mm or any

thickness as specified in the item.

Scaffolding :

For all exposed brick work or tile work, double scaffolding

having two sets of vertical supports shall be provided. The

supports shall be sound and strong, tied together with

horizontal pieces over which scaffolding planks shall be fixed.

For all other brick work in buildings, single scaffolding shall be

permitted. In such cases the inner end of the horizontal

scaffolding pole shall rest in a hole provided only in the header

course for the purpose. Only one header for each pole shall be

left out. Such holes for scaffolding shall, however, not be

allowed in pillars / columns less than one meter width or

immediately near the skew portion of arches. The holes left in

- 189 -

masonry works for scaffolding purposes shall be filled with lean

concrete and made good before plastering.

Preparation of surface :

The joints shall be raked out properly. Dust and loose mortar

shall be brushed out. Efflorescence if any shall be removed by

brushing and scarping. The surface shall then the thoroughly

washed with water, cleaned and kept wet before plastering is

commenced.

In case of concrete surface if a chemical retarder has been

applied to the formwork, the surface shall be roughened by wire

brushing and all the resulting dust and loose particles cleaned

off and care shall be taken that none of the retarders is left on

the surface.

Application of Plaster :

Ceiling plaster shall be completed before commencement of wall

plaster. Plastering shall be started from the top and worked

down towards the floor. All scaffolding pole holes shall be

properly filled in advance of plastering as the scaffolding is

being taken down. To ensure even thickness and true surface,

plaster about 15 cm x 15 cm. Shall be first applied, horizontally

and vertically at not more than 2m. intervals over the entire

surface to serve as gauges. The surfaces of these gauged areas

shall be truly on the plane of the finished plaster surface. The

mortar shall then be laid on the wall, between the gauges with

trowel. The mortar shall be applied in a uniform surface slightly

more than the specified thickness. This shall be beaten with thin

strips of bamboo about 1 meter long to ensure thorough filling

of the joints, and then brought to a true surface, by working a

wooden straight edge reaching across the gauges, with small

upward and side ways movements at a time. Primarily the

- 190 -

surface shall be finished off true with trowel or wooden float

according as a smooth or a sandy granular texture is required.

Excessive trowel in or over working the float shall be avoided.

During this process, a solution of like putty shall be applied on

the surface to make the later workable.

All corners, angles and junctions shall be truly vertical or

horizontal as the case may be and shall be carefully finished.

Rounding or chamfering corners, junctions etc. where required

shall be done with out any extra payment. Such rounding or

chamfering shall be carried out with proper templates to the

sizes required.

In suspending work at the end of the day, the plasters shall be

left out clean to line both horizontally and vertically, when

recommencing the plastering, the edge of the old work shall be

scraped cleaned and wetted with lime putty before plaster is

applied to the adjacent areas, to enable the two to properly

joint together. Plastering work shall be closed at the end of the

day on the body of wall and not nearer than 15 cm to any

corners. Its shall not be closed on the body of the features such

as plasters bands and cornices nor at the corners. Horizontal

joints in plasterwork shall not also occur on the parapet tops

and copings as these invariable lead to leakage.

No portion of the surface shall be left out initially to be patched

up later on.

Finish:

The plaster shall be finished to a true and plumb surface and to

the proper degree of smoothness as required. The works shall

be tested frequently as the work proceeds with a true straight

edge not less than 2.5.m long and with plumb bobs. All

- 191 -

horizontal lines and surfaces shall be tested with a level and all

jambs with a plumb bob as the work proceeds.

Thickness:

The thickness of the plaster specified shall be measured

exclusive of the thickness of the key i.e. grooves or open joints

in brickwork. The average thickness of plaster shall not be less

than the specified thickness. The minimum over any portion of

the surface shall not be less than the specified thickness by

more than 3mm. The average thickness should be regulated at

the time of plastering by keeping suitable thickness of the

gauges. Extra thickness required in dubbing behind roundings of

corners at junctions of wall or in plastering of masonry cornices

etc. will be ignored.

Curing shall be started 24 hrs after finishing the plaster. The

plaster shall be kept wet for a period of 7 days. During this

period it shall be suitable protected from all damages at the

contractor’s expense by such means as the engineer may

approve. The dates on which plastering is done shall be legibly

marked on the various section plastered so that curing for the

specified period thereafter can be watched.

Any cracks which appear in the surface and all portions, which

sounds hollow when tapped or are found to be soft or other

wise defective, shall be cut out in rectangular shape and re

done as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

1.8 CEMENT PLASTER WITH A FLOATING COAT OF NEAT

CEMENT:

The cement plaster shall be 8mm, 12mm or 20mm thick,

finished with a floating coat of neat cement, as described in the

item.

- 192 -

When the plaster has been brought to a true surface with the

wooden straight edge. It shall be uniformly treated over its

entire area with a paste of neat cement and rubbed smooth, so

that the whole surface is covered with neat cement slurry

1.5mm thick while the plaster surface is still fresh. Smooth

finishing shall be completed with trowel immediately and in no

case latter than half an hour adding water to the plaster mix.

1.9 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING:

Cement Concrete:

Cement concrete of specified mix shall be used and its shall

generally conform to the specifications described in plain

concrete.

Sub-Grade:

Flooring shall be laid on concrete sub-grade where so provided.

The sub-grade shall be provided with the slopes required for the

flooring. Flooring in verandas, kitchens, baths, water closets and

courtyards shall invariable be provided with suitable slope to drain

off washing and rain water.

If the sub-grade consist of concrete, it shall be allowed to set for 7

days and the flooring shall be led in the next 3 days.

If the sub-grade is of lean cement concrete, the flooring shall be

commenced preferably within 48 hrs of the laying of sub-grade.

The surface of the sub-grade shall be roughened with steel wire

brushes without disturbing the concrete. Before laying the flooring

the sub-grade shall be wetted and smeared with a coat of cement

slurry at 2 Kg. of cement spread over an area of 1 m2 so as to get

a good bond between the sub-grade and concrete floor.

Of the cement concrete flooring is to be laid directly on the RCC

slab, the surface of RCC slab shall be cleaned and the laitance shall

be removed and a coat of cement slurry at 2 kgs of cement per

- 193 -

sqm shall be applied so as to get a good bond between RCC slab

and concrete floor.

Thickness of floor shall be as specified in the description of the

item.

Laying:

Panels:

Flooring of specified thickness shall be laid in the pattern as given

in the drawings or as directed by the engineer. The border shall

have metered joints at the corners of the rooms and intermediate

joints shall be in the straight line with the panels. The panel shall

be of uniform size.

The panel shall be bounded by wooden angle iron battens. The

battens shall have the same depth as the concrete flooring. These

shall be fixed in position, with their top at proper level, giving

required slopes. The surface of the batten or flats, to come in

contract with the concrete shall be smeared with soap solution or

non-sticking oil (form oil or raw linseed oil) before concreting. The

floorings shall but against the masonry wall, which shall not be

plastered.

The concreting shall be done in the manner described in plane

cement concrete. The battens used for shutterings, shall be

removed on the next day of the laying of cement concrete. The

ends thus exposed shall be repaired, if damaged, with cement

mortar 1:2 ( 1 cement 2 coarse sand) and allowed to set for

minimum period of 24 hour the alternate panels shall then be

cleaned of dust, mortar droppings etc. and concrete laid. While

laying concrete, care shall be taken to see that the edges of the

previously laid panels are not damaged and fresh mortar is not

splashed over them. The joints between the panels should come

out as fine and straight lines.

- 194 -

Finishing :

The finishing of the surface shall follow immediately after the

occasion of beating. The surface shall be left for some time, till

moisture disappear from it. Excessive trawling shall be avoided. Use

of dry cement or cement and sand mixture sprinkle on the surface

to stiffen the concrete or absorb excessive moisture shall not be

permitted.

Fresh quantity of cement shall be mixed with water to form a thick

slurry and spread over of flooring while the concrete is still green.

The cement slurry shall then be properly pressed and finished

smooth.

Glazed ceramic tile fixing :

6 mm thick glazed ceramic tiles of size (150mm x 150mm) upto

1500 mm height from floor level of approved make confirming to IS

: in Dado /Skirting in toilets. Ground Floor fixed in neat cement

slurry after soaking the tiles in water over 12 mm thick cement

plaster (1:3) with white cement pointing in joints, including

washing and cleaning with oxalic acid etc. complete.

Curing :

The curing shall be done for a minimum period of ten days. Curing

shall not be commenced until the top layer has hardened. Covering

with empty cement gunnies shall be avoided as the color is likely to

be bleached with the remnants of cement matter from the bags.

Precautions :

Flooring in lavatories and bath rooms shall be laid after fixing of

water closets and squatting pans and flooring traps. Traps shall be

plugged, while laying the floors and opened after the floors are

cured and cleaned. Any damage done to S.C.’s squatting pans and

floor traps during the execution of work shall be made good.

- 195 -

The floor shall be protected from any damage during the execution

of work.

Measurements:

Length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm and its area

as laid shall be calculated in sqm correct to two places of decimal.

Length and breadth shall be measured before laying skirting dado

or wall plaster. No deduction shall be made nor any extra paid for

any opening in the floor of area up to 0.10 m2.

Rate :

The rate shall include the cost of all matters and labour involved in

the operations described above including application of cement

slurry on RCC and or on sub-grade including roughening and

cleaning the surface. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying the floor

at different levels in the same room or countryard and rounding of

edges of sunk floors.

In case the flooring is laid in alternate panels, it includes the cost of

shuttering.

PVC Door Frame :

PVC Door Frame shall be made out of PVC section in an overall size

of 40 mm x 58 mm having multi chamber cross section with a

maximum wall thickness of 2.5 mm + 0.3 mm to miter cut at the

corner and welded. The frame shall be reinforced with steel or

other appropriate materials as per requirement.

- 196 -

1.10 WHITE WASHING

Materials :

White wash shall be prepared from 5 parts of stone lime and 1`

part of shell lime . The lime shall be dissolved in a tub with

sufficient quantity of water ( about 4/5 liters / kg.) lime and the

shole thoroughly mixed and stirred until it attains the consistency

of thin cream. The wash shall be taken out in small quantities and

strained through a clean course cloth. Clean gum dissolved in hot

water shall then be added in suitable proportion of 2 kg. Per m3. Of

lime to prevent the white wash coming of easily when rubbed.

Indigo as necessary shall be mixed as per standard practice and as

per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. Preparation of Surface.

The surface shall be prepared removing all mortar droppings and

foreign matter and thoroughly-cleaned with hair or fibre brush or

other mean as may be ordered by the Engineer-in-charge to

produce an approved clean and an even surface. All loose pieces

and scales shall be scrapped off and holes racks etc. stopped with

mortar to match with the surrounding finish. The matter should be

cured sufficiently.

Application of white wash :

On the surface so prepared, the white wash shall be laid on with a

brush, shall be from top downwards, another from bottom upwards

over the first stroke and similarly one stroke from the right and

another from the left over the first brush before it dries. This will

form one coat. Each coat must be allowed to dry and shall be

subject to inspection and approval before the next coat is applied.

When dry, the surface shall show no signs of cracking. It shall

present a smooth and uniform finish free from brush marks and it

should not come off easily when rubbed with a finger, minimum 3

- 197 -

coats of white wash shall be applied or as directed by the Engineer-

in-charge.

No portions in the surface shall be left out initially, to be patched

up later on.

For new work, the white washed surface shall present a smooth

and uniform finish. Doors, windows, floors and other articles of

furniture etc. shall be protected from being splashed upon.

Splashing and droppings, if any, shall be removed and the surfaces

cleaned. Apart from other factors, mentioned else where in this

contract, the rates for white wash shall include for the following :

• All labour, materials, equipment required for white washing.

• Scaffolding including erection and removal.

• Providing and preparing the white wash

• Preparing the surface for white wash including the scaffolding.

• Applying the white wash in three coats minimum if a proper

even surface is not obtained to the satisfaction of the

Engineer-in-charge, contractor shall carry out additional coats

of white wash till approval, at contractor’s expense.

1.11 OIL EMULSION (OIL BOUND) DISTEMPERING :

Materials :

Oil emulsion (Oil Bound distemper(IS – 428-1969) of approved

brand and manufacture shall be used. The primer where used as

on new work shall be cement primer or distemper primer as

described in the item. These shall be of the same manufacturer as

distemper. The distemper shall be diluted with water or any other

prescribed thinner in a manner recommended by the manufacturer.

Only sufficient quantity of distemper required for days work shall

be prepared.

The distemper and primer shall be brought by the contractor is

sealed tins in sufficient quantities at a time to suffice for a

- 198 -

fortnight’s work, and the same shall be kept in the joint custody of

the contractor and the Engineer-in-charge. The empty tins shall not

be removed from the site of work, till this item of work has been

completed and passed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Preparation of the Surface :

For new work the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, old

white or colour wash by washing and scrubbing. The surface shall

then be allowed to dry for at least 48 hours. It shall then be sand

papered to give a smooth and even surface. An unevenness shall

be made good by applying putty, made of plaster of paris mixed

with water on the entire surface including filling up the undulation

and then sand papering the same after it is dry.

In the case of old work, all loose pieces and scales shall be

removed by sand papering. The surface shall be cleaned of all

grease, dirt. etc.

Pitting in plaster shall be made good with plaster of paris mixed

with the colour to be used. The surface shall then be rubbed down

againwitha fine grade sand paper and made smooth. A coat of the

distemper shall be applied over the patches. The patched surface

shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before the regular coat of

distemper is applied.

Application :

Primary Coat – The Primary coat shall be with distemper primer or

cement primer, as required in the description of the item.

Note :

If the wall surface plaster has not dried completely cement primer

shall be applied before distempering the walls. But if the

distempering is done after the wall surface is dried completely,

distemper primer shall be applied.

- 199 -

Oil bound distemper is not recommended to be applied, within six

months of the completion of wall plaster.

Distemper Coat :

For new work, after the primer coat has dried for at least 48 hours,

the surface shall be lightly sand papered to make it smooth for

receiving the distemper, taking care not to rub out the priming

coat. All loose particles shall be dusted off after rubbing. One coat

of distemper properly diluted with thinner.

( water or other liquid as stipulated by the manufacturer) shall be

applied with brushes in horizontal stokes followed immediately by

vertical ones which together constitute one coat.

The subsequent coats shall be applied in the same way. Two or

more coats of distemper as are found necessary shall be applied

over the primer coat to obtain an even shade.

A time interval of at least 24 hours shall be allowed between

consecutive coats to permit of the proper drying of the proceeding

coat.

14 cm. Double bristled distemper brushes shall be used. After each

day’s work, brushes shall be thoroughly washed in hot water with

soap solution and hung down to dry. Old brushes, which are dirty

and caked with distemper shall not be used on the work.

1.13 CEMENT PRIMER:

Cement primer coat is used as a base coat on wall finish of cement,

lime or lime cement plaster or on asbestos cement surface before

oil emulsion distemper paints are applied on them. The cement

primer is composed of a medium and pigment which are resistant

to the alkalis present in the cement, lime or lime cement in well

finish and provides a barrier for the protection of subsequent coats

of oil distemper paints.

- 200 -

Primer coat shall be preferably applied by brushing and not by

spraying. Hurried priming shall be avoided particularly on absorbent

surface. New plaster patches. In old work should also be treated

with cement primer, before applying oil emulsion paints, etc.

Preparation of the Surface:

The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, old white or colour

wash by washing and scrubbing. The surface shall then be sand

papered to give a smooth and even surface. Any unevenness shall

be made good by applying putty, made of plaster of parties mixed

with water on the entire surface including filling up the undulation

and then sand papering the same after it is dry.

Application:

The cement primer shall be applied with a brush on the clean dry

and smooth surface. Horizontal strokes shall be given first and

vertical strokes shall be applied immediately after wards. This

entire operation will constitute on coast. The surface shall be

finished as uniformly as possible leaving no brush marks. It shall be

allowed for at least 48 hours, before oil emulsion paint is applied.

1.13 CEMENT PAINT:

Materials:

The cement paint shall be (conforming to IS: 5400) of approved

brand and manufacture.

Preparation of Surface:

For new work, the surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all mortar

dropping, dirt, dust, leaned of all dirt, dust, algae, oil etc. by

brushing and washing. Pitting in plaster shall be made good and a

coat of waterproof cement paint shall be applied over patches after

wetting them thoroughly.

Preparation of Mix:

- 201 -

Cement paint shall be mixed in such quantities as can be used up

within an hour of its mixing as other wise the mixture will set and

thicken, affecting flow and finish.

Cement paint shall be mixed with water in two stages. The first

stage shall comprise of 2 parts of cement paint and one part of

water stirred thoroughly and allowed to stand for 5 minutes. Care

shall be taken to add the cement paint gradually to the water and

not vice versa. The second stage shall comprise of adding further

one part of water to the mix and stirring thoroughly to obtain a

liquid of workable and uniform consistency. In all cases the

manufacturers instructions shall be followed meticulously.

The lids of cement paint drums shall be kept tightly closed when

not in use, as by exposure to atmosphere the cement paint rapidly

becomes air set due to its hydroscopic quality.

Application:

The solution shall be applied on the clean and wetted surface with

brushes or spraying machine. The solution shall be kept well stirred

during the period of application. It shall be applied on the surface,

which is on the shady side of the building so that the direct heat of

the sun on the surface is avoided. The method of application of

cement paint shall be as per manufactures specification. The

completed surface shall be watered after the day’s work.

The second coat shall be applied after the first coat has been set

for at least 24 hours. Before application of the second or

subsequent coats, the surface of the previous coat shall not be

wetted.

For new work, the surface shall be treated with three or more coats

of waterproof cement paint as found necessary to get a uniform

shade.

- 202 -

Water cement paint shall not be applied on surface already treated

with white wash, colour wash, distemper dry or oil bound,

varnishes, paints etc. It shall not be applied on gypsum, wood and

metal surface.

1.14 PAINTING

Materials:

Paints, oil, varnishes etc. of approved brand and manufacturer shall

be used ready mixed paint as received from the manufacturer

without any admixture shall be used.

If for any reason thinning is necessary in case of ready mixed

paint, the brand of thinner recommended by the manufacturer or

as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge shall be used.

Approved, paints, oil or varnishes shall be brought to the site of

work by the Contractor in their original containers in sealed

condition. The material shall be brought in at a time in adequate

quantities to suffice for the whole work or at least a fortnight’s

work. The materials shall be kept in the joint custody of the

contractor and the Engineer-in-charge. The empties shall not be

removed from the site work, till the relevant item of work has been

completed and permission obtained from the Engineer-in-charge.

Commencing Work:

Painting shall not be started until the Engineer-in-charge has

inspected the items of work to be painted, satisfied himself about

their proper quality and given his approval to commence the

painting work. Painting of external surface should not be done in

adverse weather condition like hail storm and dust storm.

Painting, except the priming coat, shall generally be taken in hand

after practically finishing all other builder’s work.

- 203 -

The rooms should be thoroughly swept out and the entire building

cleaned up, at least one day in advance of the paint work being

started.

Preparation of Surface :

The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted. All rust, dirt

scales, smoke and grease shall be thoroughly removed before

painting is started. The prepared surface shall have received the

approval of the Engineer-in-charge after inspection, before painting

is commenced.

Application :

Before pouring into small containers for use, the paint shall be

thoroughly in its containers, when applying also the paint shall be

continuously stirred in the smaller containers so that its consistency

is kept uniform.

The painting shall be laid on evenly and smoothly by means of

crossing and laying off, the later in the direction of the grain of

wood. The crossing and laying off consists of covering the area

over with paint, brushing the surface hard for the first time cover

and then brushing alternately in opposite direction, two or three

times and then finally brushing lightly in a direction at right angles

to the same. In this process, no brush mark shall be left after the

laying off is finished. The full process of crossing and laying off with

constitute one coat.

The left over paint shall be put back into the stock tins. When not

in use, the containers shall be kept properly closed.

No hair marks from the brush or clogging of paint putties in the

corners of panels, angles of mouldings etc. shall be left on the

work.

In painting doors and windows, the putty round the glass panes

must also be painted, but care must be taken to see that no paint

- 204 -

stains etc. are left on the glass. Tops of shutters and surfaces in

similar hidden locations shall not be left out in painting.

In painting steel work, special care shall be taken while painting

over bolts, nuts, rivets, overlaps etc.

The additional specifications for primer and other coats of paints

shall be as according to the detailed specifications under the

respective headings.

Brush and Containers :

After work, the brushes shall be completely cleaned of paint and

linsed oil by rinsing with turpentine. A brush in which paint has

dried up in ruined and shall on no account be used for painting

work. The containers when not in use, shall be kept closed and free

from air so that paint does not thicken and also shall be kept safe

from dust. When the paint has been used, the containers shall be

washed with turpentine and wiped dry with soft clean cloth. So that

they are clean, and can be used again.

Measurements :

The length and breadth shall be measured correct to a cm. The

area shall be calculated in sq. meters (correct to two places of

decimal), except otherwise stated, small articles not exceeding 10

sq. decimeters (0.1 Sqm.) of painted surfaces where not in

conjunction with similar painted work shall be enumerated.

Painting up to15 cm in width or in girth and not in conjunction with

similar painted work shall be given in running meters.

Priming coat on wood, Iron, or plastered surface:

Primer:

The primer for woodwork, ironwork or plastered surface shall be as

specified in the description of the item.

The primer shall be ready mixed primer of approved brand and

manufacturer.

- 205 -

Preparation of surface.

Wooden Surface:

The woodwork to be painted shall be dry and free from moisture.

The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned. All unevenness shall be

rubbed down smooth with sand paper and shall be well dusted

Knot, if any shall be covered with preparation of red lead made by

grinding red lead in water and mixing with strong glue sized and

used hot. Appropriate filler material with same shade as paint shall

be used where specified.

The surface treated for knotting shall be dry before painting is

applied. After the priming coat is applied the holes and indention

on the surface shall be stopped with glazier putty or wood putty

respectively. Stopping shall be not done before the priming coat is

applied as the wood will absorb the oil in the stopping and the later

is therefore liable to crack.

All rust and scales shall be removed by scraping with steel wire

brushes. Hard skin of oxide formed on the surface of wrought iron

during rolling which becomes loose by rusting, shall be removed.

All dust and dirt shall be thoroughly wiped away from the surface.

If the surface is wet, it shall be dried before priming coat is

undertaken.

Plastered Surface:

The surface shall ordinarily not be painted until it has dried

completely. Trial patches of primer shall be laid at intervals and

where drying is satisfactorily completed, painting shall then be

taken in hand. Before primer is applied, holes and undulations,

shall be filled up with plaster of paris and rubbed smooth.

Applications:

- 206 -

The primer shall be applied with brushes, worked well into the

surface and spread even and smooth. The painting shall be done

by crossing and lying off as described in painting.

All other specifications described under painting shall hold good so

far as they are applicable.

Painting with ready mixed paint:

Ready mixed paints of approved brand and manufacture and of the

required shades shall be used. They shall conform in all respects to

the relevant IS specifications.

Painting of New Surface:

a) Wood Work – the surface shall be cleaned and all unevenness

removed as specified in priming coat on wood, iron & plastered

surface, knots if visible, shall be covered with a preparation of

red lead. Holes and indentations on the surface shall be filled in

with glazier putty or wood putty and rubbed smooth before

painting is done. The surface should thoroughly be dry painting.

b) Iron and Steel work – the priming coat shall have dried up

completely before painting is started. Rust and scaling shall be

carefully removed by scraping or by brushing with still wire

brushes. All dust and dirt shall be carefully and thoroughly

wiped away.

c) Plastered Surface: the priming coat shall dried up completely

before painting is started. All dust and dirt that has settled on

the priming coat shall be thoroughly wiped away before painting

is started.

The specifications described in painting shall hold good as far as

applicable. The number of coats to be applied will be as stipulated

in the item. The painted surface shall present a uniform

appearance and glossy finish, free from streaks, blisters etc.

Preparation of surface :

- 207 -

Painting shall be done only when the surface is perfectly dry to

permit of good absorption. All dirt, dist or other foreign matter shall

be removed from the surface to be painted. All roughness shall be

sand papered and cleaned.

Application :

The preservative shall be applied liberally with a stout brush and

not daubed with rags of cotton waste. It shall be applied with a

pencil brush at the joints of the wood work. The first coat shall be

allowed at least 24 hours to soak in before the second (the final)

coat is applied. The second coat shall be applied in the same

manner as the first coat. The excess of preservative, which does

not soak into the wood, shall be wiped off with a clean dry piece of

cloth.

Measurement purposes.

1.15 Terrace Water Proofing :

a) Polymer with fine sand of approved brand can be pained over

cleaned concrete slab in two coats, over this grounds plaster

can be applied

b) Brick, lime mortar applicable

Brick aggregate shall be 25 mm nominal size unless other wise

specified in the description of item. Lime mortar shall be 2:2 mix (

w lime putty, 2 surkhi) unless otherwise specified in the description

of item.

The volume of wet mortar to be used will be 50 % of stacked

volume of brick aggregate unless otherwise specified in the

description of the item. The aggregate shall be kept moist for a

period of not less than 6 hours before use in the concrete mix.

Technical Specifation for Sanitary & Plumbing Woks

- 208 -

Sanitary Ware & Allied Fittings:

1. General:

All sanitary fixtures and their allied fittings, should be of first quality,

manufactured by reputed manufacturer Hindustan Sanitary Ware / EID.

Parry Ltd. / Madhusudan ceramics or equivalent. These should be

approved by the consultant / Engineer-in-charge before use.

2. Squatting pattern W.C. pan (Orissa Pattern Closets)

The water closets shall be of vitreous china of specified size and pattern,

integral flushing rim. It shall have the flushing inlet at the back. The

Orissa closets should be of approved quality confirming to I: S –2556.

The squatting type Indian water closets (Orissa Closet) shall be sunk in

floor sloped towards the pan in a workmanship like manner. The closet shall

be fixed on a proper cement concrete base of 1:3:6 proportion, taking care

that the cushion is uniform and even without closet, to receive the specified

thickness of the floor finishing. The joint between the closet and the PVC.

Trap shall be made with W.C. ring and rubbed lubricant and shall be of leak

proof.

Flushing Cistern :

The flushing of the Indian water closet (Orissa closet ) shall be done

polystyrene high level valveless symphonic flushing cistern ( PVC low level

cistern) of approved brand and quality I.S.I. marked and capacity as

specified. The connection between the cistern and water closet shall be

made by 32 mm dia G.I. flush pipe, made from G.I. pipe ( Light quality) or

32 mm dia. PVC pipe as specified in the tender schedule. The flush pipe

with an off set should be fixed to wall using C.I. holder bat clamps. The

capacity of the cistern should be 10 ltrs. As per I.S.S. the cistern shall be

fixed on cast iron or rolled steel /PVC cantilever brackets ( built in type)

which shall be firmly embedded screwed in the wall, with C.C. M20. the

- 209 -

cistern shall be provided with 20mm dia PVC. Overflow pipe with fittings

which shall terminate into mosquito proof coupling secured in a manner

that will permit it to be readily cleaned or renewed.

The 32 mm dia flush pipe shall be connected to the water closet by means

of approved type joint. The flush pipe shall be fixed to the wall by using C.I.

holder bat clamps. The bend and the off set as required in the flush pipe

shall be made cold. The outer face of the C.I. cistern, brackets overflow

pipe and flush pipe etc., shall be painted with two coats of any synthetic

enamel paint of approved shade and make over a coat of priming. The cost

of the painting shall be included in the rate quoted for the flushing cistern.

The inter connection to the cistern shall be made with 450 mm long 15 mm

dia PVC heavy type connection pipe.

Wash Hand Basin :

The wash hand basin shall be of the white vitreous china of approved

quality, make and brand I.S.I. marked. It shall be one piece construction

with an integral combined overflow. The size of the basin shall be as

specified. Each basin shall be provided with one 15 mm dia C.P. Brass pillar

Tap, 32 mm dia C.P. waste C.P. chain and rubber plug, unions, joints, C.P.

Bottle trap casted PVC waste pipe complete in all respects of approved

quality.

The basin shall be supported on a pair of R.S. or C.I. cantilever brackets

(built in type) and embedded and fixed in wall with cement concrete, M20.

these brackets shall be painted to the required shade with two coats of

synthetic enamel paint over coat of priming. The waste of the basin shall

discharge into a floor trap of channel through bottle traps PVC waste pipe

as specified. One 32 mm dia C.P. bottle trap is to be fixed to the waste of

the basin, & the outlet of the bottle trap is to be connected to the waste

pipe to discharge the waste to the aforesaid floor trap. The inlet connection

to the basin shall be made with 450 mm long 15mm dia heavy type P.V.C.

connection pipe.

- 210 -

Standing Urinals :

The urinals shall be flat pattern lipped front basin of required dimension of

the white vitreous china and one piece construction with internal flushing

box, rim of an approved make and brand as specified. It shall be fixed in

the position by using wood unplug embedded in the wall with screws of

proper size. Each urinal shall be connected to a 40 mm dia PVC waste pipe

which shall discharge into a channel or floor trap. The lip of urinal shall be

kept at 525 mm from floor level, while fixing the urinal on the wall.

Where no of urinals are fixed in a line, the distance between the center to

center of each urinal shall be kept 750mm and each urinal should be

separated from one to other by a partition plate. The center to center

partition plates shall be kept 750 mm.

The partition plates shall be of one piece kota stone plates, cut to size or

partition wall and front corners rounded. The partition parttion plates are

embedded in wall with cement concrete and finished smooth. The bottom

of the partition plates should be kept 500 mm above floor level and top

should be kept at 1250 mm above floor level. The plates should project

600mm from wall surface. The width of the plates should be embedded

inside the wall and should not be less than 100 mm. The thickness of the

plates shall be minimum of 25 mm to 32 mm. Thickness of partition wall

should be limited to 150 mm including smooth surface finishing.

For flushing the urinals each urinal shall be, connected with one 20 mm dia

G.I. Pipe (Midium class). One end of each of this pipe 15 mm PVC

connection pipe shall be inserted into the inlet of the Urinal and jointed with

jute and putty where as the other end is connected either with a tee or

bend with water pipe line fixed on the wall horizontal above the urinals. In

each 20 mm dia flush pipe one 20 mm dia –gun-metal gate valve angle

stopcock to the fixed. By opening this valve, the water will flow to the rims

of urinal through the inlet pipe and flush the urinal. After flush, the valve

can be closed to avoid wastage of water. One 40 mm dia P.V.C. waste pipe

- 211 -

shall be connected to the waste of each urinal, to discharge the waste into

the channel or trap. One end of this waste pipe shall be made a cup size to

fit into the projected waste and tightened with screws and waste clamp.

Squatting Urinal Plates :

The urinal plates shall be of white glazed vitreous china with integral

flusuing rim of size 450 mm x 350 mm of approved make and brand as

specified. There shall be white vitreous channel with stop and outlet pieces

in the front. These plates shall be fixed on C.C. at 75 mm to 100 mm above

floor level.

For flushing arrangement, one 25 mm dia G.I. common water

pipeline(minimum s9ze) shall be fixed on the wall parallel to floor. For each

urinal one 20mm dia. G.I. Branch pipe shall be taken down upto 12mm

from floor level just at the center of each plate, in which one 20 mm dia

gate valves is fixed at 1500 mm above floor level. At 1200m height, the

20mm dia flash pipe shall be divided into two branches with a tee and fixed

horizontal. 300mm on either side and then with the help of elbows, both

the branches shall be taken downward and connected to the inlets of the

urinal plates at floor level. By operating the valve as above, the water will

rush into the rims of the urinal plate and flush it.

Where there are number of urinals fixed in a line, each urinal should be

separated by a partition plate fixed in the centre of two urinal plates. The

centre to centre distance of the partition places shall be kept 750mm

minimum.

The partition plates shall be of one piece kota stone plate, 25 mm to 52 mm

thick, cut to sizes and front corners rounded. The plates are embedded in

wall with cement concrete and finished smooth. The bottom of the partition

plates wall shall be kept flushed to urinal top level, the top level shall be

kept at 1200 mm from the urinal plate top and the projection from the wall

shall be 600 mm. the width of the plate to be embedded inside the wall

should not be less than 100mm.

- 212 -

P.V.C. (S.W.R.) AND P.V.C. (Rigid) Pipes and Fittings :

The PVC (SWR) and PVC(Rigid), soil waste and vent pipes (spigot and

socket, and couples joints), shall be of make and brand as specified (under

specification of materials) confirming to I.S.S., B.S.S. and DIN are to be

used.

The main specification of PVC, soil and waste pipes and fittings are as

below.

a) Materials – unplaticised Poly vinyl Chloride (UPVC)

b) Color –Grey.

c) Dimensions –

i) diameter – fittings – 75mm. 110mm /63 mm and 634mm.

ii) Pipes –75mm, 110mm, in lengths of 3 or 6 mtr.

d) Wall thickness - fittings – minimum 3.2 mm at any point

Pipes – as per application.

For rain water – 75mm – 1.8 to 2.2 mm

110mm – 2.5 to 3 mm

Waste and soil :- 75mm – 1.8 to 2.2 mm

110mm – 2.5 to 3 mm

Underground drainage with

Light / Nil traffics – 110 mm – 2.5 to 3 mm

Under ground Drainage with

Heavy traffic – 110mm –3.7 to 4.3 mm.

e) Standards confirming to attributes

Attributes Confirms to standard No.

i. fittings and wall thickness - B.S. 4514. DIN

10531 DIN 10532, I.S. 7834

– PVC(Rigid)

ii. Pipe wall thickness I.S. 4985

iii. Rubber ring IS 5382.

iv. Fittings Dimensions DIN 19531 I.P.V.C.

- 213 -

DIN19534 I (SWR)

IS –7834 PVC (Rigid)

v. Pipe dimensions IS –4985

a) Leaving instructions and joint procedure

a-1 Jointing a PVC(SWR) pipes and fittings.

Clean the outside of the pipes spigot and the inside of the sealing groove

of the flitting. Apply the rubber lubricant, to the spigot end, sealing ring and

pass the spigot and into the socket, containing sealing ring, until fully home.

Mark the position of the socket edge with the pencil on the pipe and then

withdraw the pipe from the socket by approx 10 mm towards thermal

expansion gap.

a-2 Fixing of the pipes and fittings on wall surface :

PVC pipes both (SWR) and (Rigid), fixed on wall surface, are to be

supported by PVC pipe clips specially made for these pipes. With horizontal

runs. The pipe clips should be spaced at intervals of more then 10 times the

outside diameter of the pipes. In verticals of one meter to a maximum of

two meters according to pipe diameter or wherever specified.

a-3 Jointing of P.V.C. (Rigid) pope fittings.

Clean the outside of the pipes and inside of the socket of a fitting

or the inside of the couplers (where 2 plain ended pipes are jointed) of.

Apply solvent cement solution, evenly and smoothly on the outer surface of

the pipe end and inside surface of either the coupler or the socket and pass

the pipe end into the socket of the fittings, upto the half depth on the end

of one pipe and the outer half of the coupler should be pushed to the end

other pipe and thus, both pipes are jointed.

a-4 Fixing of P.V.C. pipes & fittings through

holes of walls or chaja or roofs etc.

The wall / concrete slots should allow for a stress free installation, pipes

and fittings to be inserted into the slots, without a cement base, have to be

applied first with a thin coat of P.V.C. solvent cement, followed by sprinkling

- 214 -

of dry sand (medium size). Allow it to dry. This process give a sound base

for cement concrete fixation, around the pipes / fittings while mending the

damages.

a-5 Antisyphonage Pipes

All the antisyphonage pipes and fittings to be used are of 63 mm. If

these are not available under the items of P.V.C. (SWR) materials, 63mm

pipes and fittings, manufactured under P.V.C.(Rigid) material can be used,

since the raw materials for both is same.

a-6 All traps should have a minimum water seal of 60mm as per I.S.

5329 AND i.s. 2552(Part – XIII). Where anti-syphonage connection is

required, the traps to be supplied and used should have a 50 mm

antisyphonage vent horn on the outlet side. All the traps used with the

closets, should be of the size 125mm x 110mm i.e. inlet (socket end) of

125mm and outlet (spigot end) of 110mm only.

a-7 Installation of water closet

Determine the correct location of the P/S trap and set it on a firm

base, relative to the floor finish by pouring concrete around on a slab.

Bedding can be endured that the raps outlet is left clear of concrete. Place

the W.C. connector ring to the locketed pipe of 125/110 mm R/S trap. Apply

rubber lubricants on W.C. connector ring as well as outer side of water

closet ( connection point) and now complete the joint by pushing the W.C.

to home of 125mm socket of the trap.

a-8 P.V.C.(Rigid) pipes and Fittings

63mm (O.D.) P.V.C. Pipes to be used for these works either in

antisyphonage system or else where, should be of “Quick Fit” pipes Class 2

(4kg F/cm2), Quick Fit. Pipes have one end socketted.

The P.V.C.(rigid) fittings, such as 63 mm elbow, 63 mm equal tee 110 x 63

mm reducer etc. used in the work, should be of injection moulded fittings.

- 215 -

a-9 One jointing rubber ring will be available, with each P.V.C.(SWR)

pipe and fitting and hence, the cost of the ring will not be added in the

joint.

All pipes shall be measured net / length as laid or fixed and shall be

measured over all fittings such as bends junctions traps etc. the length shall

be taken along the centerline of the pipes and fittings. Fittings will be

counted extra over.

11. fore fixing and painting, the pipe shall be tested hydraulically to a

pressure 0.4Kg/cm2 for pipes under I.S. 1729 and at a pressure 0.7 Kg. Cm2

for pipes under I.S. 3989 with out showing any sign of leakage, sweating of

or other defect of any kind. The pressure should be applied internally and

shall be maintained for not less than 15 seconds.

( C) WATER SUPPLY PIPES AND FITTINGS

1. Materials

All galvanized iron pipes are to be of mild Steel, continuous welded,

screwed tubes, medium quality confirming to ISS & bearing ISI Marks,

manufactured by reputed firms and approved brands as specified. The pipes

shall confirm to I :S 1239(Part-I)

All G.I. fittings shall be of ‘R’ Brand manufactured by M/S R.M. engineering

Ltd., Ahmedabad and ‘C’ brand manufactured by Crescent engineering

works or equivalent best quality.

2. Laying of Pipes.

The layout of the mains and service pipe set etc., will be done in

accordance with the drawings. The contractor is to mark out the exact

position of the pipes and fittings at site and take approval of the consultant

/ Engineer in –charge, before taking up the work.

Where the pipes are laid, underground these must not be laid less than 450

mm below ground level and coated with one coat of approved black

bituminous paint. For laying the G.I. Pipes and Fittings below ground level,

- 216 -

the width and the depth of the trenches for different dimensions of the

pipes shall be given as below :

Dia of pipe Width of Trench Depth of Trench 15mm to 50 mm 300 mm 600mm 65mm to 100 mm 450mm 750mm

The pipes shall be laid on a layer of 75 mm thick sand and filled up with

sand and filled up with sand up to 75 mm above pipes and the remaining

portion of the trench shall then be filled up with excavated earth with

proper ramming as described in “Excavation and refilling “. The surplus

earth shall be disposed of as directed.

Thrust or anchor blocks of cement concrete !:2:4 in hard granite chips shall

be constructed on all `bends or branches to transmit the hydraulic pressure

without impairing the ground and spreading it over a sufficient area. Pipes

shall not be laid to pass through manholes, catch pit, drain. Where it is

unavoidable the pipes shall be carried in sleeve pipes of M.S. / G.I. as

approved by the consultant / Engineer-in-charge. The rates should include

such a situation.

4. Where pipes run along walls, the same are to be fixed to the wall

with holder bat clamps /M.S. Hooks as below :

Dia of pipe in

mm

15 20 25 32 40 50

Horizontal Line 2m 2.5m 2.50m 2.503m 3m 3m

Vertical Line 2.5m 3m 3m 3m 3.5m 3.5m

Where the pipes are passing through the R.C.C. /Masonry wall / Column /

beam of Pillars, these must pass through the appropriate higher sizes of C.I.

/ G.I. Sleeve Pipes and are to be included in the rates.

In case the Pipes are embedded in walls and floors it should be painted

withone coat of anticorrosive paint of approved quality.

- 217 -

All pipes should be fixed horizontal and vertical. For taking the pipes

through the walls and floors and roof slabs etc. the holes shall be made by

filling with Chisel or jumper and not by dismantling the brick work of

concrete. After fixing, the holes shall be made god with cement concrete

1:2:4 and properly finished with C. Plaster 1:4 to match the adjacent

surface.

Union Nuts are to be provided in each of the Vertical riser or drop on and

from G.I. Tank and near the Valve and as and where necessary.

The long screw fittings of 3 Mtrs. For long horizontal lines and inside the

lavatory / kitchen etc.,

After laying and jointing the Pipes and fittings shall be inspected under

working condition of pressure and flow. Any joint found leaking pipes

should be removed and replaced without extra cost. The pipes and fittings

after they are laid shall be tested to hydraulic pressure of 6 Kg. Cm2. the

test pressure should maintain without loss of for atleast half an hour.

Painting

On completion of the test, the exposed pipes and fittings are to be painted

with two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved colour and brand over

a coat of priming.

Measurement

The length shall be measured in running meter correct to centimeter for the

finished work, which shall include the pipes and fittings such as Bends,

Tees, Elbows etc., but excludes Brass of Gun-metal fixture like Tap, Cocks,

Valves, PVC connection Pipes etc.

Ball Valve

The ball valve shall be high or low pressure class as stipulated in the Tender

Schedule and shall confirm to I:S 1703. the nominal size of ball valve shall

be that corresponding to the size of pipe for which it is used. The ball valve

shall be of brass of gun-metal and the float for low pressure in Polyethylene

and for high pressure in copper.

- 218 -

Each and every ball valve while in closed position shall withstand an

internally applied hydraulic pressure of 20 kg /Cm2 for a minimum period of

two minutes without leakage or sweating.

Every high pressure ball valve when assemble in working condition, with the

float immersed to not more than half its volume shall remain closed against

a test pressure of 10.5 Kg. /Cm2.

Polyethylene floats shall be watertight and non-absorbent and shall not

contaminate water and with no jointing adhesive jointing parts.

The minimum thickness of the copper sheet used for making copper floats

shall be of 0.45 mm. The thickness of materials of the float shall be uniform

throughout.

Ferule :

The ferrules for connection with C.I. Main shall generally confirm to I.S

2692 and shall be of nominal bore as specified. The ferrule shall be fitted

with 3 screw and plug or value capable or complete cutting off the supply to

the connected pipe as and when required. For fixing the ferrule the C.I.

main shall be drilled and tapped during non-supply hour at 45o to the

connected pipe as and when required. The ferrule must be so fitted that no

portion of the sunk shall be left projecting with in the main on which it is

fitted. After the ferrule is connected, one C.I. bell mouth cover or with

bricks ( as specified) shall be kept over the ferrule to cover the ferrule to

protect it and the cost thereof is to be included in the item, even if there is

not mention.

Non – return Valve (Check Valves)

The Non-return valve shall be of Brass or Gun-Metal and shall be of

horizontal or vertical flow type and of the size as specified and confirm to

I:S 7810 and I:S 778. The approximate weight of the valves are given

below :

Dia in mm Horizontal type in Kg. Vertical type

in Kg.

- 219 -

15 0.30 0.25 20 0.55 0.25 25 0.90 0.75 32 1.25 0.90 40 1.70 1.20 50 2.90 1.45 65 5.25 2.15 80 7.70 4.10 Tolerance 5% Foot Valve

Foot valve is generally placed at the lower and of the suction pipe of the

centrifugal pump to prevent the suction pipe from empting. Vertical non-

return valve may also be fixed in place of foot valve.

The foot valve shall confirm to I:S 038.

Water meters (Domestic Type)

Water meter up to 50mmm nominal size shall confirm to I:S 779. The meter

body shall be bronze / Gun-Metal and marked to read in liters complete with

registration box and lid. The water meters shall be provided with Strainers.

Strainers shall be of material which is not susceptible to electrolyte, clean and

shall be fitted on the inlet side of water meter. It shall be possible to remove and

clean the strainer and not permit disturbing the registration box. The offer

should include the same. The water meters shall bear ISI Mark.

Bibcock and Stop Cock

These shall conform to I:S 781 bear ISI Mark. The Bib cock is a draw off tap

with a horizontal inlet and free outlet and stopcock is a valve with a suitable

means of connection for insertion in a pipeline for controlling or stopping the

flow. This shall be of screw down type. The cocks shall open in anti-clockwise

direction. The stopcocks should be C.P. concealed stopcocks and C.P. angle

valves type as specified in tender schedule. Bib cocks should be also C.P. Brass

hid cocks.

Full way Valve(Brass)

- 220 -

Full way valve is a valve with suitable means of connection for insertion in a

pipeline for controlling or stepping the flow. The valve shall be of brass fitted

with a cast-iron wheel and shall be of gate valve type confirming to I:S 780

brass rod latest one, opening full way and of the size as specified.

The approximate weight of the valves are indicated below for guidance.

Dia in mm Flanged End valves in Kg. Screwed End valve

in Kg.

15 1.021 0.567

20 1.503 0.680

25 2.498 1.077

32 5.232 1.559

40 6.082 2.268

50 6.691 3.232

65 10.149 6.840

80 13.381 8.845

Gun-Metal Full way Valve

This shall be of the Cun-Metal fitted with wheel and shall be of Gate-Valve type

opening full way. This shall confirm to I:S 778. Class I. The valves should bear

I.S.I. Mark.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONFOR STONE WARE PIPE ETC.

Stone ware pipes ( Materials)

The S.W. Pipes and Fittings should be of Grade ‘A’ confirming to I :S 651/1965.

The pipes shall be sound free from visible defects such as fire crack or hair crack

and flaw or blister. The pipes shall give a sharp clear line when struck with a

light hammer and should be perfectly salt glazed.

Pipe in mm. Thickness of the Weight of Each ___________ Barrel in mm. Pipe in Kg. 100 12 14

- 221 -

150 16 22 200 17 33 230 19 44 250 20 52 300 25 79 350 30 100 400 35 125 450 38 147 The length of pipes are 600 mm exclusive of the internal depth of Socket.

Excavation of Trench for Laying Sewer Pipes :

The trenches for the pipes shall be excavated to the lines and level as directed.

The bed of the trench shall have to be evenly dressed throughout from one

change of grade to the next. The gradient is to stout by means of sight rails and

booing rods and the required depth the excavated at any point. The depth of the

trench shall not be less than one meter, measured from top of the pipe to the

surface of the ground under roads and not less than 0.75 mtr. elsewhere. The

width of the trench shall be the nominal diameter of the pipe plus 400 mm. The

bed of the trench if in soft or made up earth, shall be well watered and rammed

before laying the pipes and the depressions if any shall be properly filled with

sand and consolidated in 200 mm layer. Depending on soil condition piling way

even be necessary if so desired by the consultant / Engineer-in-charge. If rock is

met with, it shall be removed 150 mm below the level of the pipe and the trench

will be refilled with sand and consolidated.

The excavated materials shall not be placed within one mtr. Or half of the depth

of the trench which ever is greater, from the edge of the trench.

The trench shall be kept from water, shoring and shuttering shall be provided

wherever required. Excavation below water table shall be done after dewatering

the trenches.

After the excavation of the trench is completed foundation of cement concrete

M20 in hard granite metal ( size 25 to 40 mm) shall be laid with proper level all

along under the length of the pipe with hunching or all around concrete as per

drawing.

- 222 -

Laying, jointing, hunching of the pipes and fittings. Drain Pipes( S.W. Pipes and

other pipes used for drain and sewer) shall be laid in straight lines and to the

even gradients as shown in the layout drawings.

The socket end of the pipes shall face upstream. Adequate care shall be

exercised in setting out and determining the level of the pipes and the Contractor

shall provide suitable instruments, templates, sight rails, boning rods and other

equipments necessary for the purpose. In the case of pipes with joints to be

made with loose collars. The collars shall be slipped on before the next pipe is

laid. In those joints a tight ring of twisted jute tarred soaked in cement slurry

filling to ensure proper alignment and prevent. Cement entering the pipes.

Cement compound joints is to be finished with proportion 1:1 with 450 beveling.

The joints are to be kept wet with wet bag until the same are properly set with

beveling. The cement mortar joints shall be cured at least for 7 (seven) days.

In the case of S.W. Pipe joints (socket and Spigot), they should be caulked first

with tarred jute (spun) of required diameter, almost quarter depth of the socket,

after which cement mortar 1:3 is pushed in with wooden chisel and finishing

beveled at outside at 450. Instead of jute of hemp rubber gasket of proper size

may also be used. The whole joint must be cured for not less than three days. In

case of pipes less than 250 mm dia, joints should be made at ground level with

three pipes at a time and for larger ones two pipes at a time and after curing

they should be soled in foundation with the help of the ropes. All pipes should be

properly hunched with cement concrete 1:3:6 with hard granite metal of size 25

mm to 40 mm or otherwise specified as shown in the drawing. Where the pipes

are crossing thd drain or road, all –round concrete 1:3:6 with H.G. Metal of size

25 mm to 40 mm is to be done to 150 mm thick over the barrel of the pipe.

The whole of the drain work shall be tested when laid, and at the completion of

the contract, to the satisfaction of the consultant / Engineer-in-charge and shall

be retested if necessary, until found satisfactory. The test shall be made by

means of water under pressure at the highest point of the section under test and

- 223 -

providing an air pipe at the lower end of the line. Maximum head of 5 )five) feet

(1.5 Mtr ) must be maintained.

Excavation and refilling

Excavation for drain and pipe trenches shall be straight and to the correct depth

and gradient. The trench bottom shall be of sufficient width to allow working

space for pipe jointing.

Excavated materials shall be damped away from the side as directed by

Engineer-in-charge. Suitable precautions are to be taken to prevent inflow of

water into the excavated area, during construction.

The Contractor at his own expense shall pump out or otherwise remove any or

all water, which during the continuance of contract, may be found in the

excavated trenches to keep the trench clear of water during the work under

progress.

No excavation for pipe line shall be filled and line covered, until the line therein

has been passed and tested.

Burried Services

All pipes, cable mains and other services exposed by the excavations shall be

effectively supported by timbering or other means for which no extra payment

will be allowed. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage occurring to

buried services and make good the same at his own cost to the satisfaction of

the Consultant / Engineer-in-charge.

Trench condition

Where a trench is excavated and refilled after laying the pipe, settlement of the

earth in the refilled trench take place. The filling above the top of pipe, settles

relatively, more than the sides of the trench, thereby developing frictional

resistance. The contractor is required to take special precaution against this

while refilling the trenches, procedure for back filling as stipulated earlier should

be strictly followed.

- 224 -

Inspection chambers / Manholes

At every change of alignment, gradient or diameter of a drain, there shall be a

manhole or inspection chamber. The maximum distance between Manhole

Chamber shall be 30 Mtrs. For the lines laid straight.

All Manholes and inspection chambers shall have internal dimensions as shown

on drawing and B.O.S. the depth of invert shall be according to the gradient.

The foundation for Manhole shall be 150 mm thick and with cement concrete

M20 in hard granite well graded metal of 25 mm to 40 mm size. The concrete

shall project 75 mm beyond the external faces of the brick work.

The brick masonry shall be done in cement mortar in the proportion of 1:4 and

thickness of the brick wall should be 250 mm thick upto 1200 mm depth from

Ground Level and beyond that the wall thickness shall be maintained 375 mm.

Both the inside and outside surface of the walls of the chamber, shall be finished

with cement plaster 1:4 – In addition to this, the inside surface should also be

provided with cement punning.

On the top of base slab channeling on C.C. M20 with granite chips is to be done

keeping the diameter equal to the dia of drain pipe and depth equal to ¼ th of

the dia of the pipe. The channel, should be done longitudinally at the center,

connecting both the ends of the pipe. The channel is to be hunched up with

concrete M20 with hard granite chips of size 20 mm and below) sloping upwards

from the edge of channel to meet the side of chamber at gradient of 1:6. The

channel and benching are to be finished smooth and cement mortar 1:4 and

punning.

Sewers of un-equal sectional area and branch sewers shall not be jointed at the

same invert in a Manhole inspection chamber unless it is unavoidable. The

branch sewers should deliver sewage in the Manhole in the direction of main

flow and the junction must be made with case so that the flow in the main is not

impeded. Channels for drains coming from the side of the Manhole chamber,

shall be curved to meet the main drainage channels.

- 225 -

The Manhole and Inspection Chambers shall be covered with R.C.C. cover slab or

thickness 100 mm to 150 mm according to the requirement at site. One C.I.

Manhole cover of diameter and weight as stipulated in the tender schedule shall

be fixed, on the cover slab. Unless otherwise mentioned the C.I. cover and

Frames and shall confirm to I:S 1726. Heavy duty covers etc., under heavy

vehicular traffic condition and capable of bearing wheel loads up to 11.25 Tor are

to be used and medium duty under light type wheel traffic loads and light duty

for domestic premises are to be used. Covers and Frames shall be clearly cast,

double water seal type and they shall be free from air and sand holes. The cover

shall be gas tight and water tight with proper water-seal. The C.I. Cover and

Frame shall be coated with two coats of black bituminous paint. The frame of

Manhole cover shall be fixed on the slab while the slab is casted.

Gully Trap chamber

The size of Chamber for 1500 x 100 mm S.W. Yard gully shall be 300 x 300 mm

(inside). Foundation 100 mm thick in cement concrete m20 in hard granite metal

of size 25 mm to 40 mm. The foundation should project 75 mm, from outer

surface of wall. Brick work in cement mortar 1 :4 /125 mm thick, depth upto

600 mm maximum. The finishing of masonry walls both inside and outside

should be done in cement mortar 1:4 Cement punning should be provided on the

inner surface. One C.I. frame and cover of (Clear Opening 300 x 300 mm wt. 7

kg. ) shall be fixed on the top of Chamber, duly embedded in C.C. 1:2:4 with

granite chips and finished with Cement Plaster 1:4. The trap should be buried in

cement concrete M20 in H.G. Chips upto the mouth and one C.I. Grating of size

225 mm x 225 mm are to be fixed on the top of mouth of Gully Trap to arrest

rubbishes.

- 226 -

PART IV

ANNEXURES & MAPS

- 227 -

ANNEXURE -I

DETAILS OF PROPOSED SITES FOR CONSTRUCTION OF CYCLONE SHELTERS UNDER ICZM.

Sl. No.

Name of the block

Name of GP Name of the village

Area o f land available

Location Khata No.

Plot No. Kisam Geographic Coordinates Latitude Longitude

1 Puri District

2 Krushnaprasad Alanda Jamuna Ac.0. U.P. School, Jamuna 3 459 Gochar, Anabadi 19o35'35.2"N

85o19'15.0"E

3 Krushnaprasad Titipa Titipa Ac.0.200 Women's College, Titipa 404 231 Gochar 19o37'08.5"N

85o20'40.0"E

4 Krushnaprasad Alanda Alanda Ac.0.146 High School, Alanda 143 1535 Anabadi 19o36'5.3"N

85o18'55.2"E

Krushnaprasad Badajhad Jharkota Ac.0.200 M.E. School, Jharkota 88 384 Godanda 190 38’00”N 850 23’ 12”E

5 Krushnaprasad Badajhad Khirisahi Ac.0.200 U.P. School, Khirisahi 39 38 Puratan patita 190 37’43”N 850 23’ 53”E

6 Krushnaprasad Badajhad Baghamunda Ac.0.465 Gadibrahma Primary School, Baghamunda

327 1530 Anabadi 190 40’ 36”N 850 29’ 14”E

7 Krushnaprasad Badajhad Khatiakudi Ac.0.200 U.P. School, Khatiakudi 151 408 Gochar 190 37’ 47”N 850 15’ 16”E

8 Krushnaprasad Nuapada Gurubai Ac.0.200 Panchayat M.E. School, Gurubai

231 224 Puratan patita 190 40’ 26”N 850 24’ 10”E

Kendrapara District

9 Rajnagar Brahmansahi Pentha Ac.0.230 UP School 181 (R) 458 Rakhita 200 32’ 53”N 860 46’ 56”E

10 Rajnagar Talchua Manjuapalli Ac.0.300 UP School 120 (R) 209 Rakhita 200 44’ 48”N 850 57’ 55”E

11 Mahakalpada Barakanda Patachhela Ac.2.550 Near School. 206 804/ 1551

Patita 200 22’ 54”N 86o 39’ 55”E

12 Mahakalpada Batighar Badatubi Ac.5.120 Ac.2.150

Near School. 49 125 (P) 125 (P)

339

Gochar 200 20’ 03”N 860 41’ 16”E

Ganjam District

13 Khallikote Kanaka Samalanasi Ac.1.000 Side of High School, Samalnasi

319 16 Bagayat 19o 34’ 09.0”N

85o08'29.1"E

14 Ganjam Sana Ramachandrapur

Madhurchuan Ac.0.200 U.P. School, Madhurchuan

379 626 Gramakantha 19o30'02.6"N

85o07'9.6"E

- 228 -

ANNEXURE -II

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST Features likely to be affected Positive impact Nega tive Impact No

Impact Mitigation measures

required or not Yes Likely Yes Likely

Forestry/Vegetation �

Birds �

Fisheries �

Other wildlife/animals �

Air quality �

Noise environment �

Water quality �

Water availability �

Soil quality �

Landuse and topography �

Drainage patterns �

Sedimentation/erosion �

Agriculture �

Food production �

Climate �

Groundwater table �

Industrialization �

Housing (involuntary resettlement) �

Employment/training �

Income and livelihood �

Other socio-economic activities �

Health and safety �

Communications �

Historical/cultural monuments �

Scenic views and vistas �

Tourism �

√ in appropriate column

- 229 -

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR THE

PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION OF CYCLONE SHELTER IN THE DISTRICT OF GANJAM, PURI, KENDRAPARA, ORISSA

1.1.2 Enclose a village map making the land

proposed to be covered under the Will be furnished after detailed Survey

1.2 Furnish land schedule of the surrounding plots.( in the proforma given under 1.1.1

Furnished separately in Annexure-I

1.3.1 Whether the required land is vacant Within the School premises 1.3.2 If so, the type and extent of occupancy to be

described Not occupied

1.3.3 If there is any human settlement of the land or part of the land, if so the type of people residing their housed to be described.

No

1.3.4 Whether the project has a human resettlement plan for rehabilitation of the people occupying the area proposed to be covered, supply.

No

1.3.5 Whether the land or part of the land proposed to be covered is used for any economic activity or any other activity. Indicate the extent of such use and manner of compensation proposed, in the event of displacement of the people from the land.

No

2 Extent of fulfillment of Coastal Regulation Zone (as defined in the MEF notification dated 19th February,1991)

Not required as the cyclone shelters will be constructed away from CRZ

2.1 Whether there is any CRZ Management plan for Orissa.

Yes, Approved vide MoEF letter No. J-17011/11/92-IA-III dated 27th Sept,1996

2.1.1 If the proposed project is among the permissible activities under CRZ notification

No

2.1.2 If yes, quote the provisions of the CRZ notification

Does not arise

2.2 Whether the proposed project is located within ecologically sensitive and important area as defined in CRZ ( Category-I) if so which

No

Existing or proposed Marine parks Existing or proposed Marine parks Existing or proposed National parks Existing or proposed Sanctuaries Existing or proposed Reserve Forest Existing or proposed Wild life habitat Existing or proposed Mangrove Coral Reefs

- 230 -

2.3 Whether the proposed project is located close to any of the following as defined in CRZ-1 ( Category-I)

No

2.3.1 Breeding and spawning grounds of other marine life, if so the distance.

No

2.3.3 Historical heritage, if so the distance. No 2.3.4 Area rich in genetic diversity, if so the

distance No

2.3.5 Area of outstanding natural beauty, if so the distance

No

2.3.6 Area likely to be inundated due to rise in sea lev3el consequent up to global warning declared by Central Government or concerned authorities of State Government

No such

2.4 Whether the proposed project comes under developed Area & classified as CRZII ( Category) as defined in CRZ notification which includes areas that have already been developed up to or close to the shore line

No

2.4.1 Whether any building is proposed on the seaward side of the existing or proposed roads or seaward side of the existing structures.

No

2.4.2 Whether building on the landward side of the existing and proposed roads & existing authorized structures are in accordance with existing local town and country planning regulations. Give details.

No

2.4.3 Whether the project envisages reconstruction of the authorized building. If so whether it is in accordance with the existing FSI/FAR norm. Give details

No

2.4.4 Whether the design and construction are consistent with the surrounding landscape. Furnish details

Yes. Furnished inside.

2.5 Whether proposed project comes under CRZ-III( Category-III) of CRZ. Notification which includes areas which are relatively undistributed & which do not fall in Category I& II like Coastal zone in rural area developed & underdeveloped) and also areas within municipal limits or other legally designated urban areas which are not substantially built up. Describe.

No

- 231 -

2.5.1 Whether the project is located in coastal stretches of sea, boys estuaries, creeks which are influenced by tidal action (in the landward side) Give description and enclose a sketch on the coastal stretch locating the project.

No

2.5.2 Whether there is any proposed construction or excavation envisaged in the project in the land between LTL&HTL. List out such constructions/excavation indication the quantity of work & purpose.

No

2.5.3 Whether there is any proposed construction or excavation envisaged in the project within 200m. of HTL on the landward side. List out such construction/excavation indicating quantity of works and purpose.

No

2.5.4 Whether there is any proposed construction or excavation envisaged in the project in the land between 200m &500m of HFL on th3e land ward side. List out such construction /excavation indicating quantity of work and purpose.

No

2.5.5 Whether the project envisages construction /excavation activity in the land beyond 500m of HTL on the land ward side. List out such construction /excavation indicating quantity of work and purpose.

Foundation excavation, to be filled by R.C.C and sand etc.

3. PROJECT DESCRIPTION 3.1 Overall aim of the project To provide safe shelter to the villagers

at time any natural calamities. 3.2 The necessity for the project -do- 3.3 Whether there is any alternative to the

project which can serve the project’s aim. If yes, give details, if so give reasons.

No.

3.4 Project period Three years. 3.5 Details of the project including construction

excavation etc. and the annual phases in which these have to be completed.

Given inside.

4.1 Total cost of the project 13.89 Crore 4.2 Source of funding World Bank 4.3 Implementing agency OSDMA 5. Describe the activities of each component

when the project is fully completed The cyclone shelters will be utilized

for accommodating the villagers as well as animals during flood storm surge.

Landing & Approach Jetty

- 232 -

Auction & Packing hall Workshop Net mending shed Road Approach road from nearest existing

road to the Cyclone Shelter 6. What are the expected economic impacts of

the project in the region and the extent of such impact

Socio-Economic growth in the locality

6.1 Direct impact Prevent loss of life & property

6.2 Indirect impact Economic Growth 7. What are the anticipated beneficial social

impacts or the project in the region and the extent of such impact?

Hub of social activities, also can be used as School

7.1 Direct impact School Building for education of the nearby villagers

7.2 Indirect impact Economic & social grouping 7.3 The target community which would benefit

most from the project Villagers

8. What are the adverse environmental impacts of the project?

Nil

8.1 Whether the activates at the project would have any effect on ec-sensitive and important areas as defined in CRZ( Category-I). If so the extent of such effect is to be spelt out.

No

8.2 Whether the activities at the project would have any effect on (a) breeding &spawning ground of fish or other marine life or cause & determent to any near by historical heritage and areas of outstanding natural beauty. If so the extent of such effect is to be spelt out

No

8.3 Whether the activities would produce any waste matter. The nature and volume of emissions of such waste matter per day.

No

Solid Semi-solid Liquid Gas Rate of emission Volume of emission per day.

8.4 Whether there are any harmful substances present in the waste emissions. If so the nature of the harmful substances and the level of their concentration in emission

No

Type of emission Name of harmful substances

- 233 -

Level of concentration in the emission 8.5 Likely effect of the wasted emissions on the

outside plant and animal life. Nil

8.5.1 Direct effect 8.5.2 Indirect effect 8.6 Manner of disposal of the waste emissions Not required 8.7 Whether there is any provision for treatment

of the waste emission before release into external environment. Give details in plan

Not required

8.8 Whether there is provision in the project for Environment Monitoring. If so, give details

Not required

8.9 Cost of Environmental monitoring plan Nil

Executive Director (Projects)

- 234 -

ANNEXURE –III

Minutes of Discussion in the Gram Sabha held on 14.05.2009 at Primary School campus in village Alanda.

Below is the TRANSLATED DOCUMENT followed by the SCANNED

ORIGINAL in the local Oriya language along with the signatures.

A community meeting (Gram sabha) was held on 14.05.2009 at 3.00 P.M.

in the High School premises of village Alanda under the Chairmanship of local

Ward Member to discuss about the construction of the Cyclone Shelter proposed

under Integrated Coastal Zone Management Programme (ICZMP).

Representatives of OSDMA and the villagers attended the meeting. In the

meeting, the following decisions were taken.

1. The proposed Cyclone Shelter if constructed in the selected site, the

villagers of Alanda and nearby villages will take shelter at the time of

disaster.

2. Construction of the Cyclone Shelter will have no adverse impact on

environment, historical sites, archeological site /monuments nearby.

3. There will be no adverse impact on life and livelihood of local inhabitants

in any way, if the Cyclone Shelter and the connecting roads are

constructed/ strengthened/ widened.

4. There will be no need for any land acquisition for this sub-project.

5. The selected site is free from encumbrances.

6. The villagers decided to extend all cooperation for construction of the

shelter building and for management and maintenance of the shelter

building.

Sd/-

PRI Members Villagers

- 235 -

Social Consultation: Proceeding of the Grama-Sabha at Alanda on 14.05.2009 in Oriya

- 236 -

- 237 -

- 238 -

- 239 -

Minutes of Discussion in the Gram Sabha held on 14.05.2009 at

U.P. School campus in village Jamuna. Below is the TRANSLATED DOCUMENT followed by the SCANNED


A community meeting (Gram sabha) was held on 14.05.2009 at 5.00 P.M. in the

U.P. School premises of village Jamuna under the Chairmanship of local Ward Member

to discuss about the construction of the Cyclone Shelter proposed under Integrated

Coastal Zone Management Programme (ICZMP). Representatives of OSDMA and the

villagers attended the meeting. In the meeting, the following decisions were taken.

1. The proposed Cyclone Shelter if constructed in the selected site, the villagers of

Alanda and nearby villages will take shelter at the time of disaster.

2. Construction of the Cyclone Shelter will have no adverse impact on environment,

historical sites, archeological site /monuments nearby.

3. There will be no adverse impact on life and livelihood of local inhabitants in any

way, if the Cyclone Shelter and the connecting roads are constructed/

strengthened/ widened.



6. The villagers decided to extend all cooperation for construction of the shelter

building and for management and maintenance of the shelter building.

Sd/-


- 240 -

Social Consultation: Proceeding of the Grama-Sabha at Jamuna on 14.05.2009 in Oriya

- 241 -

- 242 -

- 243 -

Minutes of Discussion in the Gram Sabha held on 14.05.2009 at U.P. School campus in village Samalanasi.

Below is the TRANSLATED DOCUMENT followed by the SCANNED


A community meeting (Gram sabha) was held on 14.05.2009 at 8.00 A.M.

in the U.P. School premises of village Samalanasi under the Chairmanship of local

Ward Member Sri Ananda Behera to discuss about the construction of the

Cyclone Shelter proposed under Integrated Coastal Zone Management

Programme (ICZMP). Representatives of OSDMA and the villagers attended the

meeting. In the meeting, the following decisions were taken.

1. The proposed Cyclone Shelter if constructed in the selected site, the

villagers of Alanda and nearby villages will take shelter at the time of

disaster.

2. Construction of the Cyclone Shelter will have no adverse impact on

environment, historical sites, archeological site /monuments nearby.

3. There will be no adverse impact on life and livelihood of local inhabitants

in any way, if the Cyclone Shelter and the connecting roads are

constructed/ strengthened/ widened.



6. The villagers decided to extend all cooperation for construction of the

shelter building and for management and maintenance of the shelter

building.

Sd/-


- 244 -

Social Consultation: Proceeding of the Grama-Sabha at Samalanasi on 14.05.2009 in Oriya

- 245 -

- 246 -

- 247 -

Annexure-IV SHELTER EQUIPMENT LIST

Sl. No.

Items Unit per Shelter

Supply status

1. Generator Sets 1 No Supplied 2. Light & fans Supplied 3. Pulley Block 3 Nos. Supplied 4. Life Buoy 2 Nos. Supplied 5. Life Jacket 2 Nos. Supplied 6. Nylon Rope 12 mm dia-50 mtr 4 Nos. Supplied 7. Stretcher 1 No Supplied 8. Manila Rope 200 ft. 6 mm dia 1 No Supplied 9. Manila Rope 60 ft. 12 mm dia 6 Nos. Supplied 10. Sisal chord 60 mm dia 20 ft 25 Nos. Supplied 11. G.I.Trunk (Big Size) 1 No Supplied 12. Telescopic Aluminium Ladder 1 No Supplied 13. First Aid Box with two manuals 1 Box Supplied 14. Florescent jackets 50 nos Supplied 15. Free Kitchen utensils: Flat Handa, Kadai,

Dekchi, Daba, Khanta, Paniki, Hemadasta, Korana, Bucket and other items

1 Set (22 items)

Supplied

16. Notice Board with chicken net covering and locking

1 No Supplied

17. Dari 1 No Supplied 18. Black Board 1 No Supplied 19. Plastic chair (5 Nos. Nil Kamal) 1 No Supplied 20. Solar lantern (TATA BP) 1 No Supplied 21. Inflatable Tower Light 2 Nos. Supplied 22. Portable Power Saws 2 Nos Supplied 23. Siren 1 No Supplied 24. Hand Held Mega Phone 1 No Supplied 25. Flexi-water tank-200 lit. capacity 2 Nos. Supplied 26. Safety shoes (Gum Boot) 2 Pairs Supplied 27. Gloves 2 Pairs Supplied 28. Hand Held Search Light (Hi-Beam

Rechargeable) 1 No Supplied

29. Foldable stretcher 2 Nos. Supplied 30. Free Power Radio (Philips) 1 No Supplied 31. Water Filter 26 lit. (Bajaj) 1 No Supplied 32. Foldable Stretcher 2 Nos. Supplied 33. Fire extinguisher with gloves 4.5 kg Co2 2 nos. Proposed 34. Steel Almirah with open self 2 nos. Proposed 35. Rack 3 nos. Proposed 36. Mobile Phone 1 set. Proposed 37. Repair Kit (Shovel, Karani, Kadei, Hammer,

Chisel etc.) 1 kit Proposed

- 248 -

Sl. No.

Items Unit per Shelter

Supply status

38. Bicycle 1 no. Proposed 39. VHF Set with battery and antenna 1 set. Proposed 40. Rescue Kit 1 kit. Proposed 41. Gas Chula for free kitchen with set. 1 set. Proposed 42. Gas Cylinder 2 nos. Proposed 43. Television 1 set. Proposed 44. DVD 1 set. Proposed 45. Canopy of Generator 1 set. Proposed 46. Helmet 5 nos. Proposed 47. Rain coat 5 nos. Proposed

- 249 -

- 250 -

- 251 -

!.

!.

!.

REAMAL

MOHANA

JODA

KASIPUR

KOMNA

BOUDH

TELKOI

BANSPAL

KALIMELA

KOIRA

PODIA

ANUGUL

GANIA

LANJIGARH SORADA

KOTGARH

HINDOLHARBHANGA

KANTAMAL

KANHIA

TH. RAMPUR

PALLAHARA

HEMGIRI

NAKTIDEUL

BODEN

GOP

RAYGADA

RAIKIA

PHIRINGIA

MATHILI

DARINGBADI

JAMANKIRA

JOSHIPURGURUNDIA

REDHAKHOL

BAMARA

GANDIA

NOWAPARA

POTTANGI

BISRA

KARANJIA

ATHAMALLIK

SINAPALI

PATNA

BOIPARIGUDA

GUNPUR

PAIKMAL

ATABIRA

NARLA

PURI

M.RAMPUR

NANDAPUR

NUAGADA

PARAJANG

ULUNDASUKINDA

CHENDIPADA

BARKOTE

KEONJHAR

RANPUR

JUJUMURA

DASPALLA

BANGRIPOSI

TILEIBANI

BISOI

TANGIRAIGHAR

LATHIKATA

KORUKUNDA

KUTRA

BALLIGUDA

AUL

THAKURMUNDA

KOTPAD

SAINTALA

KRUSHNAPRASAD

DASMANTAPUR

JUNAGARH

BHATLI

JAIPATNA

KANKADAHAD

ODAGAON

BHEDEN

PADMAPUR

SEMILIGUDA

CHANDRAPUR

KAPTIPADA

JHARIGAON

GUDARI

LAKHANPUR

RAYAGADA

KOREI

BETNATI

PATNAGARH

BELPARA

BANPUR

DEOGAN

RAJNAGAR

MALKANGIRI

GOLAMUNDA

BASTA

KOLNARA

KISHORENAGAR

BORIGUMA

NUAGAON

GHATAGAON

JEYPORE

KORAPUT

CHIKITI

SOHELA

KHAPRAKHOL

OUPADA

UDALA

BOLANGIR

SUKRULI

LEFRIPADA

BINIKA

TUMUDIBANDH

KOKSARA

NUAGAON

JHUMPURA

NUAGAON

RENGALI

PHULBANI

SORO

MURIBAHAL

BUGUDA

KUNDRA

KUSUMI

BONTH

BHANJANAGAR

BANARPAL

PADMAPUR

KUCHINDA

JATNI

DHARKOTE

NILGIRI

KHAIRPUT

CHANDABALI

NARAYANPATNA

JHARSUGUDA

DIGAPAHANDI

BIJEPUR

PATRAPUR

SIMULIA

KHARIAR

TUREIKELA

ASKA

JHARBANDHA

KODALA

PALASARA

KUJANG

NARSINGHPUR

AGALPUR

BARGAON

SALIPUR

BARGARH

R.UDAYAGIRI

NIALI

SONEPUR

CHANDAHANDI

BHADRAK

GANJAM

ATHAGARH

KHAIRA

KUARMUNDA

BONAIGARH

KULIANA

TITLAGARH

TIGIRIA

TIRTOL

KHALLIKOTE

KESINGA

KOLABIRA

SULIAPADA

BARAMBA

TIKAPALI

BHUBAN

DUNGIRIPALI

TIRINGI

BIRIDI

NIMAPADA

SUNDARGARH

DHAMANAGAR

TIHIDI

SANAKHEMUNDI

BANKI

RAJKANIKA

UMARKOTE

KUDUMULUGUMA

LAHUNIPARA

MUNIGUDA

AMBABHONA

SAMAKHUNTA

GAISELET

LAXMIPUR

BHAWANIPATNA

TARAVA

LAMPTAPUT

SUBDEGA

MANESWAR

DHENKNAL

RAJGANGPUR

ANANDAPUR

HARICHANDANPUR

BARSAHI

JAGANATHPRASAD

KHAJURIPADA

HATADIHI

BARI

BALASORE

GUMMA

SAMBALPUR

PAPADHAHANDI

BEGUNIA

DABUGAON

MORODA

BISSAM CUTTACK

CHILIKA

REMUNA

JALESWAR

SAHAPADA

BALISANKARA

PIPILI

LAIKERA

BASUDEVPUR

BRAMHAGIRI

KASINAGAR

LOISINGA

RAIRANGPUR

CHAKAPAD

KHURDA

TANGARPALI

BHAPUR

KANAS

DAMPARA

JAMADASARASKANA

BARPALI GHASIPURA

TENTULIKHUNTI

JAJPUR

MAHAKALAPARA

BANDHUGAON

KALYANSINGHPUR

PUINTALA

CHAMPUA

KAMAKHYANGAR

DHARAMASALA

NOWRANGPUR

RAMANGUDA

BAHALDA

BHOGARAI

BOLAGARH

TALCHAR

KHUNTA

GUDVELA

KOSAGUMUNDA CHATRAPUR

KHANDAPARAKARLAMUNDA

BANGOMUNDABHUBANESWAR

BALIKUDA

KIRIMIRA

BIRAMAHARAJPUR

DANAGADI

TANGI CHOWDARODAPADA

DELANGA

BINJHARPUR

BAHANAGA

NAYAGARH

RENGALIGUDA

BADACHANA

KENDRAPARA

BELGUNTHA

DERABISI

PARALAKHEMUNDI

KUKUDAKHANDI

MAHANGA

BALIAPALA

SERGARH

BALIANTARAGHUNATHPUR

DASARATHIPUR

DHARMAGARH

KAKATPUR

PATTAMUNDAI

ERSAMA

BARIPADA

BHANDARIPOKHARI

BALIPATNA

PURUSOTTAMPUR

HINGILICUT

KALAMPUR

G.UDAYAGIRI

NANDAHANDI

RASULPUR

ASTARANGA

BIJATOLA

JAGATSINGHPUR

RASGOBINDPUR

GARADAPUR

SATYABADI

MARSAGHAIBARANGA

NISCHINTAKOIL

KANTAPARA

NUAGAON

KABISURYANAGAR

RARUAN

CUTTACK SADAR

GOPABANDHUNAGAR

Koraput

Angul

Ganjam

Puri

Keonjhar

Mayurbhanj

Kalahandi

Sundargarh

Bolangir

Bargarh

Rayagada

Kandhamal

Sambalpur

Malkangiri

Boudh

Gajapati

Jajpur

Dhenkanal

Nuapada

Nayagarh

Nabarangpur

Deogarh

Bhadrak

Cuttack

Balasore

Khurda

Sonepur

Kendrapara

Jharsuguda

Jagatsingpur

CHHATISHGARH

JHARKHAND

WEST BENGAL

ANDHRA PRADESH

BAY OF BENGAL

®0 30 60 90 12015 km

ORISSA STATEPROPOSED MCS SITES

Paradeep

Dhamra

Gopalpur

Chilka

LegendInternational Boundary

State Bounary

District Bounary

Block Bounadary

Proposed Area for MCS

- 252 -

!.

!.

!.!.!.

!.

!.

!.

!.

!.

!.

KRUSHNAPRASAD

BANPURBUGUDA

KODALA

PALASARA

CHILIKA

GANJAM

KHALLIKOTE

TANGI

ASKA

CHATRAPUR

BRAMHAGIRI

RENGALIGUDA

KUKUDAKHANDI

PURUSOTTAMPUR

HINGILICUT

KABISURYANAGAR

ODAGAON

CHIKITI

RANPUR

SERGARH

BELGUNTHA

JAGANATHPRASADKANAS

DIGAPAHANDI

Ganjam

Puri

Khurda

Nayagarh Nayagarh

BAY OF BENGAL

®0 5 10 15 202.5 km

PROPOSED SITES FOR MCS UNDER ICZM

CHILKA TO GOPALPUR AREA

Gopalpur

Chilka


State Bounary

District Bounary

Block Bounadary

Proposed Sites for MCS!.

- 253 -

- 254 -

- 255 -

- 256 -

!.

!.

!.

!.

!.

!.

AULRAJNAGAR

KUJANG

MAHAKALAPARA

CHANDABALI

RAJKANIKA

PATTAMUNDAI

DASARATHIPUR

KENDRAPARA

BINJHARPUR

MARSAGHAI

DHAMANAGAR

GARADAPUR

TIRTOL

Kendrapara

Bhadrak

Jajpur

Jagatsingpur

®0 3 6 9 121.5 km

PROPOSED SITES FOR MCS UNDER ICZM

PARADIP TO DHAMRA AREA


State Bounary

District Bounary

Block Bounadary

Proposed Sites for MCS!.

BAY OF BENGAL

Paradeep

Dhamra

- 257 -

- 258 -